InterContinental Hotels Group
IHG
#1112
Rank
$21.56 B
Marketcap
$143.32
Share price
-1.04%
Change (1 day)
8.24%
Change (1 year)

InterContinental Hotels Group - 20-F annual report


Text size:
Table of Contents

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form 20-F
 
   
(Mark One)  
 
o
 REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
or
þ
 ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
  For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008
or
o
 TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
Commission filenumber: 1-10409
 
InterContinental Hotels Group PLC
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
England and Wales
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
Broadwater Park,
Denham, Buckinghamshire UB9 5HR
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
   
Title of each class
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
 
American Depositary Shares New York Stock Exchange
Ordinary Shares of 1329/47pence each New York Stock Exchange*
 
 
*Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares, pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
 
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d)of the Act:
None
 
 
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report:
 
   
Ordinary Shares of 1329/47pence each
 285,552,193
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act:  Yes þ     No o
 
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934:  Yes o     No þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days:  Yes þ     No o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” inRule 12b-2of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
     Large accelerated filer  þ          Accelerated filer  o          Non-accelerated filer  o
 
Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow:
 
Item 17o     Item 18  þ
 
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined inRule 12b-2of the Exchange Act):
Yes          o               No          þ
 
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:
 
     
US GAAP o
 International Reporting Standards as issued by
the International Standards Accounting Board þ
 Other  o
 


Table of Contents


Table of Contents


Table of Contents

 
INTRODUCTION
 
As used in this document, except as the context otherwise requires, the terms:
 
  • “board” refers to the board of directors of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC or, where appropriate, the board of InterContinental Hotels Limited or Six Continents Limited;
 
  • “Britvic” refers to Britannia Soft Drinks Limited for the period up to November 18, 2005, and thereafter, Britannia SD Holdings Limited (renamed Britvic plc on November 21, 2005) which became the holding company of the Britvic Group on November 18, 2005;
 
  • “Britvic Group” refers to Britvic and its subsidiaries from time to time;
 
  • “Company” refers to InterContinental Hotels Group PLC, InterContinental Hotels Limited or Six Continents Limited or their respective board of directors as the context requires;
 
  • “Group” refers to InterContinental Hotels Group PLC and its subsidiaries or, where appropriate, InterContinental Hotels Limited or Six Continents Limited and their subsidiaries as the context requires;
 
  • “Hotels” or “IHG Hotels” refers to the hotels business of the Group;
 
  • “IHG” refers to InterContinental Hotels Group PLC or, where appropriate, its board of directors;
 
  • “IHL” refers to InterContinental Hotels Limited, previously InterContinental Hotels Group PLC, former parent company of the Group and re-registered as a private limited company on June 27, 2005;
 
  • “ordinary share” or “share” refers, before April 14, 2003, to the ordinary shares of 28 pence each in Six Continents Limited; following that date and until December 10, 2004 to the ordinary shares of £1 each in IHL; following that date and until June 27, 2005 to the ordinary shares of 112 pence each in IHL; following that date and until June 12, 2006 to the ordinary shares of 10 pence each in IHG; following that date until June 4, 2007 to the ordinary shares of 113/7pence each in IHG; and following June 4, 2007 to the ordinary shares of 1329/47pence each in IHG;
 
  • “Six Continents” refers to Six Continents Limited; previously Six Continents PLC and re-registered as a private limited company on June 6, 2005;
 
  • “Soft Drinks” and “Britvic business” refer to the soft drinks business of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC, which the Company had through its controlling interest in Britvic and which the Company disposed of by way of an initial public offering effective December 14, 2005; and
 
  • “VAT” refers to UK value added tax levied by HM Revenue and Customs on certain goods and services.
 
References in this document to the “Companies Act” mean the Companies Act 1985, as amended, of Great Britain; references to the “EU” mean the European Union; references in this document to “UK” refer to the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland; references to “US” refer to the United States of America.
 
The Company publishes its Consolidated Financial Statements expressed in US dollars. On May 30, 2008, IHG announced its intention to change its reporting currency from sterling to US dollars, reflecting the profile of its revenue and operating profit, which are primarily generated in US dollars or US dollar-linked currencies. This change was first introduced in the interim results for the six months to June 30, 2008, and the financial statements included herein are IHG’s first annual financial statements to be presented in US dollars and all comparative information has been restated accordingly.
 
In this document, references to “US dollars”, “US$”, “$” or ‘‘¢” are to United States currency, references to “euro” or “€” are to the euro, the currency of the European Economic and Monetary Union, references to “pounds sterling”, “sterling”, “£”, “pence” or “p” are to UK currency. Solely for convenience, this Annual Report onForm 20-Fcontains translations of certain pound sterling amounts into US dollars at specified rates. These translations should not be construed as representations that the pound sterling amounts actually represent such US dollar amounts or could be converted into US dollars at the rates indicated. The noon buying rate in The City of New York for cable transfers in pounds sterling as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of


4


Table of Contents

New York on March 23, 2009 was £1.00 = $1.45. For further information on exchange rates please refer topage F-19.
 
The Company’s fiscal year ends on December 31. The December 31 fiscal year end is in line with the calendar accounting year ends of the majority of comparable US and European hotel companies. IHG will continue to report on a December 31 fiscal year end basis, as the Group believes this facilitates more meaningful comparisons with other key participants in the industry. References in this document to a particular year are to the fiscal year unless otherwise indicated. For example, references to the year ended December 31, 2008 are shown as 2008 and references to the year ended December 31, 2007 are shown as 2007, unless otherwise specified, and references to other fiscal years are shown in a similar manner.
 
The Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the European Union (“EU”). IFRS as adopted by the EU differs in certain respects from IFRS as issued by the IASB, however, the differences have no impact on the Group’s Consolidated Financial Statements for the years presented.
 
IHG believes that the reporting of profit and earnings measures before exceptional items provides additional meaningful information on underlying returns and trends to shareholders. The Group’s key performance indicators used in budgets, monthly reporting, forecasts, long-term planning and incentive plans for internal financial reporting focus primarily on profit and earnings measures before exceptional items. Throughout this document earnings per ordinary share is also calculated excluding the effect of all exceptional operating items, exceptional interest, exceptional tax and gain on disposal of assets and is referred to as adjusted earnings per ordinary share.
 
The Company furnishes JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Depositary, with annual reports containing Consolidated Financial Statements and an independent auditor’s opinion thereon. These Financial Statements are prepared on the basis of IFRS. The Company also furnishes to the Depositary all notices of shareholders’ meetings and other reports and communications that are made generally available to shareholders of the Company. The Depositary makes such notices, reports and communications available for inspection by registered holders of ADRs and mails to all registered holders of ADRs notices of shareholders’ meetings received by the Depositary. During 2008, the Company reported interim financial information at June 30, 2008 in accordance with the Listing Rules of the UK Listing Authority. In addition, it provided quarterly financial information at March 31, 2008 and at September 30, 2008 and intends to continue to provide quarterly financial information during fiscal 2009. The Financial Statements may be found on the Company’s website at www.ihg.com.
 
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
ThisForm 20-Fcontains certain forward-looking statements as defined in Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 with respect to the financial condition, results of operations and business of InterContinental Hotels Group and certain plans and objectives of the Board of Directors of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC with respect thereto. These forward-looking statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate only to historical or current facts. Forward-looking statements often use words such as “anticipate”, “target”, “expect”, “estimate”, “intend”, “plan”, “goal”, “believe”, or other words of similar meaning. These statements are based on assumptions and assessments made by InterContinental Hotels Group’s management in light of their experience and their perception of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors they believe to be appropriate.
 
Such statements in theForm 20-Finclude, but are not limited to, statements under the following headings; (i) “Item 4. Information on the Company”; (ii) Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects”; (iii) “Item 8. Financial Information”; and (iv) “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk”. Specific risks faced by the Company are described under “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors” commencing on page 11.


5


Table of Contents

By their nature, forward-looking statements are inherently predictive, speculative and involve risk and uncertainty. There are a number of factors that could cause actual results and developments to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, such forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to: the global economic recession, the risks involved with the Group’s reliance on the reputation of its brands and protection of its intellectual property rights; the risks relating to identifying, securing and retaining management and franchise agreements; the effect of political and economic developments; the organizational capability to manage changes in key personnel and senior management; events that adversely impact domestic or international travel; the risks involved in the Group’s reliance upon its proprietary reservations system and increased competition in reservations infrastructure; the risks in relation to technology and systems; the risks of the hotel industry supply and demand cycle; the possible lack of selected development opportunities; the risks related to corporate responsibility; the risk of litigation; the risks associated with the Group’s ability to maintain adequate insurance; the risks associated with the Group’s ability to borrow and satisfy debt covenants; compliance with data privacy regulations; the risks related to information security; and the risks associated with funding the defined benefits under its pension plans.


6


Table of Contents

 
PART I
 
ITEM 1.  IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISORS
 
Not applicable.
 
ITEM 2.  OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE
 
Not applicable.
 
ITEM 3.  KEY INFORMATION
 
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
Summary
 
The selected consolidated financial data set forth below for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, 2005 and 2004 has been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the European Union (“EU”), and is derived from the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Group which have been audited by its independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP.
 
IFRS as adopted by the EU differs in certain respects from IFRS as issued by the IASB, however, the differences have no impact on the Group’s Consolidated Financial Statements for the years presented. The selected consolidated financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report.


7


Table of Contents

Consolidated Income Statement Data
 
                     
  Years ended December 31, 
  2008  2007  2006  2005  2004 
  $  $  $  $  $ 
  (in millions, except per share and ADS amounts) 
 
Revenue:
                    
Continuing operations
  1,854   1,771   1,446   1,274   1,107 
Discontinued operations
  43   79   319   2,212   2,912 
                     
   1,897   1,850   1,765   3,486   4,019 
                     
Total operating profit before exceptional operating items:
                    
Continuing operations
  535   474   367   321   228 
Discontinued operations
  14   17   57   298   403 
                     
   549   491   424   619   631 
                     
Exceptional operating items:
                    
Continuing operations
  (132)  60   48   (27)  (44)
Discontinued operations
           (13)  (45)
                     
   (132)  60   48   (40)  (89)
                     
Total operating profit:
                    
Continuing operations
  403   534   415   294   184 
Discontinued operations
  14   17   57   285   358 
                     
   417   551   472   579   542 
                     
Financial income
  12   18   48   54   128 
Financial expenses
  (113)  (108)  (68)  (115)  (188)
                     
Profit before tax
  316   461   452   518   482 
                     
Tax:
                    
On profit before exceptional items
  (101)  (90)  (97)  (161)  (102)
On exceptional items
  17      (11)     40 
Exceptional tax
  25   60   184   15   294 
                     
   (59)  (30)  76   (146)  232 
                     
Profit after tax
  257   431   528   372   714 
Gain on disposal of assets, net of tax
  5   32   226   605   34 
                     
Profit for the year
  262   463   754   977   748 
                     
Attributable to:
                    
Equity holders of the parent
  262   463   754   942   699 
Minority equity interest
           35   49 
                     
Profit for the year
  262   463   754   977   748 
                     
Earnings per ordinary share:
                    
Continuing operations:
                    
Basic
  86.4¢   131.3¢   126.5¢   40.7¢   66.2¢ 
Diluted
  83.8¢   127.7¢   123.3¢   39.8¢   65.5¢ 
                     
Total operations:
                    
Basic
  91.3¢   144.7¢   193.8¢   180.8¢   105.4¢ 
Diluted
  88.5¢   140.7¢   189.0¢   176.7¢   104.2¢ 
                     


8


Table of Contents

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
 
                     
  December 31, 
  2008  2007*  2006  2005  2004 
  $  $  $  $  $ 
  (in millions) 
 
Goodwill and intangible assets
  445   556   516   411   397 
Property, plant and equipment
  1,684   1,934   1,956   2,340   3,716 
Investments and other financial assets
  195   253   251   267   235 
Retirement benefit assets
  40   49          
Current assets
  544   710   892   1,220   1,154 
Non-current assets classified as held for sale
  210   115   98   481   3,523 
                     
Total assets
  3,118   3,617   3,713   4,719   9,025 
                     
Current liabilities
  1,141   1,226   1,261   1,370   1,786 
Long-term debt
  1,334   1,748   594   707   2,230 
Net assets
  1   98   1,346   1,905   3,739 
Share capital
  118   163   129   84   1,395 
IHG shareholders’ equity
  (6)  92   1,330   1,870   3,513 
                     
Number of shares in issue at period end (millions)
  286   295   356   433   622 
                     
 
 
*Restated in relation to IFRIC 14 (see page F-11).
 
Dividends
 
InterContinental Hotels Group PLC paid an interim dividend of 6.4 pence per share (equivalent to 12.2 cents per ADS at the closing exchange rate of August 8, 2008) on October 3, 2008. The IHG Board has proposed a final dividend of 20.2 pence per share (equivalent to 29.2 cents per ADS at the closing exchange rate on February 13, 2009), payable on June 5, 2009, if approved by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting to be held on May 29, 2009, bringing the total IHG dividend for the year ended December 31, 2008 to 26.6 pence per share (equivalent to 41.4 cents per ADS).
 
The table below sets forth the amounts of interim, final and total dividends on each ordinary share in respect of each fiscal year indicated. Comparative dividends per share have been restated using the aggregate of the weighted average number of shares of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC (as IHL then was) and Six Continents PLC (as Six Continents then was), adjusted to equivalent shares of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC. For the purposes of showing the dollar amounts per ADS in respect of the interim and final dividends 2004, and interim dividend 2005, such amounts are translated into US dollars per ADS at the Noon Buying Rate on each of the respective UK payment dates. In respect of the final dividend 2005 and the interim and final dividends for each of 2006, 2007 and 2008, such amounts are translated into US dollars immediately prior to their announcement.
 
Ordinary dividend
 
                         
  Pence per ordinary share  $ per ADS 
  Interim  Final  Total  Interim  Final  Total 
 
Year ended December 31
                        
2004
  4.30   10.00   14.30   0.077   0.191   0.268 
2005
  4.60   10.70   15.30   0.081   0.187   0.268 
2006
  5.10   13.30   18.40   0.096   0.259   0.355 
2007
  5.70   14.90   20.60   0.115   0.292   0.407 
2008
  6.40   20.20   26.60   0.122   0.292   0.414 


9


Table of Contents

 
Special Dividend
 
         
  Pence per
    
  
ordinary share
  $ per ADS 
 
June 2006
  118.00   2.17 
June 2007
  200.00   4.00 
 
Return of Capital
 
         
  Pence per
    
  
ordinary share
  $ per ADS 
 
June 2005
  165.00   2.86 


10


Table of Contents

 
RISK FACTORS
 
This section describes some of the risks that could materially affect the Group’s business. The factors below should be considered in connection with any financial and forward-looking information in thisForm 20-Fand the cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements contained on pages 5 and 6.
 
The unprecedented financial events of late 2008 and the resulting global recession are having, and will continue to have, a significant impact on the Group and the wider hotel industry. In particular, over the relatively short-term, the main risks are falling consumer demand, restrictions on the availability of debt for owners, and a fall in the pace of new room openings. The risks below are not the only ones that the Group faces. Some risks are not yet known to IHG and some that IHG does not currently believe to be material could later turn out to be material. All of these risks could materially affect the Group’s business, revenue, operating profit, earnings, net assets and liquidityand/orcapital resources.
 
The Group is reliant on the reputation of its brands and the protection of its intellectual property rights
 
Any event that materially damages the reputation of one or more of the Group’s brandsand/orfailure to sustain the appeal of the Group’s brands to its customers could have an adverse impact on the value of that brand and subsequent revenues from that brand or business. In addition, the value of the Group’s brands is influenced by a number of other factors, some of which may be outside the Group’s control, including commoditization (whereby price and/or quality becomes relatively more important than brand identifications due, in part, to the increased prevalence of third-party intermediaries), consumer preference and perception, failure by the Group or its franchisees to ensure compliance with the significant regulations applicable to hotel operations (including fire and life safety requirements), or other factors affecting consumers’ willingness to purchase goods and services, including any factor which adversely affects the reputation of those brands.
 
In particular, where the Group is unable to enforce adherence to its operating and quality standards, or the significant regulations applicable to hotel operations, pursuant to its management and franchise contracts, there may be further adverse impact upon brand reputation or customer perception and therefore the value of the hotel brands.
 
Given the importance of brand recognition to the Group’s business, the Group has invested considerable effort in protecting its intellectual property, including registration of trademarks and domain names. However, the controls and laws are variable and subject to change. Any widespread infringement, misappropriation or weakening of the control environment could materially harm the value of the Group’s brands and its ability to develop the business.
 
The Group is exposed to a variety of risks related to identifying, securing and retaining management and franchise agreements
 
The Group’s growth strategy depends on its success in identifying, securing and retaining management and franchise agreements. This is an inherent risk for the hotel industry and franchise business model. Competition with other hotel companies may generally reduce the number of suitable management, franchise and investment opportunities offered to the Group and increase the bargaining power of property owners seeking to engage a manager or become a franchisee. The terms of new management or franchise agreements may not be as favorable as current arrangements and the Group may not be able to renew existing arrangements on the same terms.
 
There can also be no assurance that the Group will be able to identify, retain or add franchisees to the Group system or to secure management contracts. For example, the availability of suitable sites, planning and other local regulations or the availability and affordability of finance may all restrict the supply of suitable hotel development opportunities under franchise or management agreements. In connection with entering into management or franchise agreements, the Group may be required to make investments in, or guarantee the obligations of, third parties or guarantee minimum income to third parties. There are also risks that significant franchisees or groups of franchisees may have interests that conflict, or are not aligned, with those of the Group including, for example, the unwillingness of franchisees to support brand improvement initiatives.
 
Changes in legislation or regulatory changes may be implemented that have the effect of favoring franchisees relative to brand owners.


11


Table of Contents

The Group is exposed to the risks of political and economic developments
 
The Group is exposed to the inherent risks of global and regional adverse political, economic and financial market developments, including recession, inflation, availability of affordable credit and currency fluctuations that could lower revenues and reduce income. A recession reduces leisure and business travel to and from affected countries and adversely affects room ratesand/oroccupancy levels and other income-generating activities, resulting in deterioration of results of operations and potentially reducing the value of properties in affected economies. The owners or potential owners of hotels managed or franchised by one group face similar risks which could adversely impact IHG’s ability to retain and secure management or franchise agreements. More specifically, the Group is highly exposed to the US market and, accordingly, is particularly susceptible to adverse changes in the US economy.
 
Further political or economic factors or regulatory action could effectively prevent the Group from receiving profits from, or selling its investments in, certain countries, or otherwise adversely affect operations. For example, changes to tax rates or legislation in the jurisdictions in which the Group operates could decrease the proportion of profits the Group is entitled to retain, or the Group’s interpretation of various tax laws and regulations may prove to be incorrect, resulting in higher than expected tax charges.
 
The Group requires organizational capability to manage changes in key personnel and senior management
 
In order to develop, support and market its products, the Group must hire and retain highly skilled employees with particular expertise. The implementation of the Group’s strategic business plans could be undermined by failure to recruit or retain key personnel, the unexpected loss of key senior employees, failures in the Group’s succession planning and incentive plans, or a failure to invest in the development of key skills. Some of the markets in which the Group operates are experiencing economic growth and the Group must compete against other companies inside and outside the hospitality industry for suitably qualified or experienced employees. Failure to attract and retain these employees may threaten the success of the Group’s operations in these markets. Additionally, unless skills are supported by a sufficient infrastructure to enable knowledge and skills to be passed on, the Group risks losing accumulated knowledge if key employees leave the Group.
 
The Group is exposed to the risk of events that adversely impact domestic or international travel
 
The room rates and occupancy levels of the Group could be adversely impacted by events that reduce domestic or international travel, such as actual or threatened acts of terrorism or war, epidemics, travel-related accidents, travel-related industrial action, increased transportation and fuel costs and natural disasters resulting in reduced worldwide travel or other local factors impacting individual hotels. A decrease in the demand for hotel rooms as a result of such events may have an adverse impact on the Group’s operations and financial results. In addition, inadequate preparedness, contingency planning or recovery capability in relation to a major incident or crisis may prevent operational continuity and consequently impact the value of the brand or the reputation of the Group.
 
The Group is reliant upon its proprietary reservations system and is exposed to the risk of failures in the system and increased competition in reservations infrastructure
 
The value of the brands of the Group is partly derived from the ability to drive reservations through its proprietary HolidexPlus reservations system, a central repository of all hotel room inventories linked electronically to multiple sales channels including IHG owned Internet websites, third-party Internet intermediaries and travel agents, call centers and hotels.
 
Lack of resilience in operational availability could lead to prolonged service disruption and may result in significant business interruption and subsequent impact on revenues. Lack of investment in these systems may also result in reduced ability to compete additionally, failure to maintain an appropriate e-commerce strategy and select the right partners could erode the Group’s market share.


12


Table of Contents

The Group is exposed to certain risks in relation to technology and systems
 
To varying degrees, the Group is reliant upon certain technologies and systems (including IT systems) for the running of its business, particularly those which are highly integrated with business processes. Disruption to those technologies or systems could adversely affect the efficiency of the business, notwithstanding business continuity or disaster recovery processes. The Group may have to make substantial additional investments in new technologies or systems to remain competitive. Failing to keep pace with developments in technologies or systems may put the Group at a competitive disadvantage. The technologies or systems that the Group chooses may not be commercially successful or the technology or system strategy employed may not be sufficiently aligned with the needs of the business or responsive to changes in business strategy. As a result, the Group could lose customers, fail to attract new customers or incur substantial costs or face other losses.
 
The Group is exposed to the risks of the hotel industry supply and demand cycle
 
The future operating results of the Group could be adversely affected by industry over capacity (by number of rooms) and weak demand due, in part, to the cyclical nature of the hotel industry, or other differences between planning assumptions and actual operating conditions. Reductions in room rates and occupancy levels would adversely impact the results of Group operations.
 
The Group may experience a lack of selected development opportunities
 
While the strategy of the Group is to extend the hotel network through activities that do not involve significant amounts of its own capital, if the availability of suitable development sites becomes limited for IHG and its prospective hotel owners, this could adversely affect its results of operations.
 
The Group is exposed to risks related to corporate responsibility
 
The reputation of the Group and the value of its brands are influenced by a wide variety of factors, including the perception of key stakeholders and the communities in which the Group operates. The social and environmental impacts of business are under increasing scrutiny, and the Group is exposed to the risk of damage to its reputation if it fails to demonstrate sufficiently responsible practices in a number of areas such as safety and security, sustainability, responsible tourism, environmental management, human rights and support for the local community.
 
The Group is exposed to the risk of litigation
 
The Group could be at risk of litigation from many parties, including guests, customers, joint venture partners, suppliers, employees, regulatory authorities, franchiseesand/or the owners of hotels managed by it. Claims filed in the United States may include requests for punitive damages as well as compensatory damages. Exposure to litigation or fines imposed by regulatory authorities may also affect the reputation of the Group.
 
The Group may face difficulties insuring its business
 
Historically, the Group has maintained insurance at levels determined by it to be appropriate in light of the cost of cover and the risk profiles of the business in which it operates. However, forces beyond the Group’s control including market forces, may limit the scope of coverage the Group can obtain and the Group’s ability to obtain coverage at reasonable rates. Other forces beyond the Group’s control, such as terrorist attacks or natural disasters may be uninsurable or simply too expensive to insure. Inadequate or insufficient insurance could expose the Group to large claims or could result in the loss of capital invested in properties, as well as the anticipated future revenue from properties, and could leave the Group responsible for guarantees, debt or other financial obligations related to such properties.
 
The Group is exposed to a variety of risks associated with its ability to borrow and satisfy debt covenants
 
The Group is reliant on having access to borrowing facilities to meet its expected capital requirements. The majority of the Group’s borrowing facilities are only available if the financial covenants in the facilities are complied with. If the Group is not in compliance with the covenants, the lenders may demand the repayment of the


13


Table of Contents

funds advanced. If the Group’s financial performance does not meet market expectations it may not be able to refinance its existing facilities on terms it considers favorable. The availability of funds for future financing is, in part, dependent on conditions and liquidity in the capital markets.
 
The Group is required to comply with data privacy regulations
 
Existing and emerging data privacy regulations limit the extent to which the Group can use customer information for marketing or promotional purposes. Compliance with these regulations in each jurisdiction in which the Group operates may require changes in marketing strategies and associated processes which could increase operating costs or reduce the success with which products and services can be marketed to existing or future customers. In addition, non-compliance with privacy regulations may result in fines, damage to reputation or restrictions on the use or transfer of information.
 
The Group is exposed to the risks related to information security
 
The Group is increasingly dependent upon the availability, integrity and confidentiality of information and the ability to report appropriate and accurate business performance, including financial reporting, to investors and markets.
 
The reputation and performance of the Group may be adversely affected if it fails to maintain appropriate confidentiality of information and ensure relevant controls are in place to enable the release of information only through the appropriate channels in a timely and accurate manner.
 
The Group is exposed to funding risks in relation to the defined benefits under its pension plans
 
The Group is required by law to maintain a minimum funding level in relation to its ongoing obligation to provide current and future pensions for members of its UK pension plans who are entitled to defined benefits. In addition, if certain Plans of the Group arewound-up,the Group could become statutorily liable to make an immediate payment to the trustees to bring the funding of defined benefits to a level which is higher than this minimum. The contributions payable by the Group must be set with a view to making prudent provision for the benefits accruing under the plans of the Group.
 
In particular, the trustees of IHG’s UK defined benefit plan may demand increases to the contribution rates relating to the funding of this plan, which would oblige relevant employers of the Group to contribute extra amounts. The trustees must consult the plan’s actuary and principal employer before exercising this power. In practice, contribution rates are agreed between the Group and the trustees on actuarial advice, and are set for three-year terms. The last such review was as at March 31, 2006.
 
ITEM 4.  INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
 
SUMMARY
 
Group Overview
 
The Group is a worldwide owner, manager and franchisor of hotels and resorts. Through its various subsidiaries it owned, leased, managed, or franchised 4,186 hotels and 619,851 guest rooms in nearly 100 countries around the world, as at December 31, 2008. The Group’s brands include InterContinental Hotels & Resorts (“InterContinental”), Crowne Plaza Hotels & Resorts (“Crowne Plaza”), Holiday Inn Hotels & Resorts (“Holiday Inn”), Holiday Inn Express (or Express by Holiday Inn outside of the Americas), Staybridge Suites, Candlewood Suites and Hotel Indigo. The Group also manages the hotel loyalty program, Priority Club Rewards.
 
With the disposal of the Group’s interests in Britvic, a manufacturer and distributor of soft drinks in the United Kingdom, by way of an initial public offering (“IPO”) in December 2005, the Group is now focused solely on hotel franchising, management and ownership.
 
The Group’s revenue and earnings are derived from (i) hotel operations, which include operation of the Group’s owned hotels, management and other fees paid under management contracts, where the Group operates


14


Table of Contents

third-parties’ hotels, and franchise and other fees paid under franchise agreements and (ii) until December 14, 2005, the manufacture and distribution of soft drinks.
 
On March 23, 2009, InterContinental Hotels Group PLC had a market capitalization of approximately £1.6 billion, and was included in the list of FTSE 100 companies, a list of the 100 largest companies by market capitalization on the London Stock Exchange.
 
Following a capital restructuring in June 2005, InterContinental Hotels Group PLC became the holding company for the Group. Six Continents Limited (formerly Six Continents PLC), which was formed in 1967, is the principal subsidiary company. The Company’s corporate headquarters are in the United Kingdom, and the registered address is:
 
InterContinental Hotels Group PLC
Broadwater Park
Denham
Buckinghamshire UB9 5HR
Tel: +44 (0) 1895 512000
Internet address: www.ihg.com
 
InterContinental Hotels Group PLC was incorporated in Great Britain on May 21, 2004 and registered in, and operates under, the laws of England and Wales. Operations undertaken in countries other than England and Wales are subject to the laws of those countries in which they reside.
 
Group History and Recent Developments
 
The Group, formerly known as Bass and, more recently, Six Continents, was historically a conglomerate operating as, among other things, a brewer, soft drinks manufacturer, hotelier, leisure operator, and restaurant, pub and bar owner. In the last several years, the Group has undergone a major transformation in its operations and organization, as a result of the Separation (as discussed below) and a number of significant disposals during this period, which has narrowed the scope of its business.
 
On April 15, 2003, following shareholder and regulatory approval, Six Continents PLC (as it then was) separated into two new listed groups, InterContinental Hotels Group PLC (as it then was) comprising the Hotels and Soft Drinks businesses and Mitchells & Butlers plc comprising the Retail and Standard Commercial Property Developments businesses (the “Separation”).
 
The Group disposed of its interests in the soft drinks business by way of an initial public offering (“IPO”) of Britvic, a manufacturer and distributor of soft drinks in the United Kingdom, in December 2005.
 
Acquisitions and Dispositions
 
Since the Separation, 183 hotels with a net book value of $5.2 billion have been sold, generating aggregate proceeds of $5.5 billion. Of these 183 hotels, 164 hotels have remained in the IHG global system (the number of hotels and rooms owned, leased, managed or franchised by the Group) through either franchise or management agreements. As of March 23, 2009 the Group had on the market a further 5 hotels.
 
During 2008, the Group disposed of the Holiday Inn Jamaica for $30 million.
 
The Group also divested a number of equity interests of which proceeds totaled $61 million, including a 31.25% interest in the Crowne Plaza Christchurch for $24 million and a 17.0% interest in the Crowne Plaza Amsterdam for $20 million.
 
The asset disposal program which commenced in 2003 has significantly reduced the capital requirements of the Group whilst largely retaining the hotels in the IHG system through management and franchise agreements.
 
Capital expenditure in 2008 totaled $108 million compared with $186 million in 2007 and $228 million in 2006.


15


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2008 capital committed, being contracts placed for expenditure on property, plant and equipment not provided for in the financial statements, totaled $40 million.
 
On October 24, 2007 the Group announced a worldwide relaunch of its Holiday Inn brand family. In support of this relaunch, the Group will make a non-recurring revenue investment of $60 million which will be charged to the income statement as an exceptional item, $35 million was charged in 2008.
 
Following the completion of the hotel disposals in 2008, the Group owns 16 hotels.
 
FIGURE 1
 
             
Asset disposal program detail
 Number of hotels  Proceeds  Net book value 
  ($ billion) 
 
Disposed since April 2003
  183   5.5   5.2 
Remaining owned and leased hotels as of December 31, 2008
  16      1.7 
 
Return of Funds
 
Since March 2004, the Group has announced the return of £3.6 billion of funds to shareholders by way of special dividends, share repurchase programs and capital returns. As of March 23, 2009 IHG had returned over £3.5 billion to shareholders (see Figure 2).
 
A third £250 million share repurchase program was completed in 2007 and the £150 million share repurchase program announced on February 20, 2007 was commenced. At December 31, 2008 £30 million of this share repurchase program was outstanding. During 2008 9.2 million shares were repurchased at an average price of 759 pence per share (total £70 million). The precise timing of share purchases is dependent upon, amongst other things, market conditions. By March 23, 2009, a total of 14.4 million shares had been repurchased under the £150 million repurchase program at an average price per share of 831 pence per share (approximately £120 million). Purchases are made under the existing authority from shareholders which will be renewed at the Company’s Annual General Meeting. Any shares repurchased under these programs will be canceled.
 
The program was deferred in November 2008 in order to preserve cash and maintain the strength of IHG’s balance sheet.
 
Information relating to the purchases of equity securities can be found in Item 16E.


16


Table of Contents

FIGURE 2
 
                 
Return of funds program
 Timing  Total return  Returned to date(i)  Still to be returned 
 
£501 million special dividend
  Paid in December 2004   £501m   £501m   Nil 
First £250 million share buyback
  Completed in 2004   £250m   £250m   Nil 
£996 million capital return
  Paid in July 2005   £996m   £996m   Nil 
Second £250 million share buyback
  Completed in 2006   £250m   £250m   Nil 
£497 million special dividend
  Paid in June 2006   £497m   £497m   Nil 
Third £250 million share buyback
  Completed in 2007   £250m   £250m   Nil 
£709 million special dividend
  Paid in June 2007   £709m   £709m   Nil 
£150 million share buyback
  Deferred   £150m   £120m   £30m 
                 
Total
      £3,603m   £3,573   £30m 
                 
 
(i)As of March 23, 2009.
 
Hotels
 
IHG, through various subsidiaries, owns a number of hotel brands including InterContinental, Crowne Plaza, Holiday Inn, Holiday Inn Express, Staybridge Suites, Candlewood Suites and Hotel Indigo. As of December 31, 2008, IHG’s brands comprised 4,186 franchised, managed, owned or leased hotels and 619,851 rooms in nearly 100 countries.
 
Soft Drinks
 
In December 2005 IHG disposed of its interests in Britvic, one of the two leading manufacturers of soft drinks by value and volume in Great Britain, by way of an IPO. IHG received aggregate proceeds of approximately £371 million (including two additional dividends, one of £47 million received in November 2005 and another of £89 million received in May 2005, before any commissions or expenses). The Group results for fiscal 2005 include the results of Soft Drinks for the period up until the IPO of Britvic on December 14, 2005.


17


Table of Contents

 
SEGMENTAL INFORMATION
 
Geographic Segmentation
 
The following table shows revenue and operating profit before exceptional operating items in US dollars and percentage by geographical area, for the following periods: years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
 
                 
  Year ended December 31,    
  2008  2007  2006    
  ($ million)    
 
Revenue(1)
                
Americas
  920   902   778     
Europe, the Middle East and Africa
  518   492   363     
Asia Pacific
  290   260   204     
Central(4)
  126   117   101     
                 
Continuing operations
  1,854   1,771   1,446     
                 
Americas
  43   62   74     
Europe, the Middle East and Africa
     17   245     
                 
Discontinued operations(3)
  43   79   319     
                 
Total
  1,897   1,850   1,765     
                 
Operating profit before exceptional operating items(1)(2)
                
Americas
  451   440   395     
Europe, the Middle East and Africa
  171   134   69     
Asia Pacific
  68   63   52     
Central(4)
  (155)  (163)  (149)    
                 
Continuing operations
  535   474   367     
                 
Americas
  14   16   12     
Europe, the Middle East and Africa
     1   45     
                 
Discontinued operations(3)
  14   17   57     
                 
Total
  549   491   424     
                 
 
 
Footnotes on page 19.
 


18


Table of Contents

                 
  Year ended December 31,    
  2008  2007  2006    
  (%)    
 
Revenue
                
Americas
  48.5   48.8   44.0     
Europe, the Middle East and Africa
  27.3   26.5   20.6     
Asia Pacific
  15.3   14.1   11.6     
Central
  6.6   6.3   5.7     
                 
Continuing operations
  97.7   95.7   81.9     
                 
Americas
  2.3   3.4   4.2     
Europe, the Middle East and Africa
     0.9   13.9     
                 
Discontinued operations
  2.3   4.3   18.1     
                 
Total
  100.0   100.0   100.0     
                 
Operating profit before exceptional operating items
                
Americas
  82.1   89.6   93.1     
Europe, the Middle East and Africa
  31.1   27.3   16.3     
Asia Pacific
  12.4   12.8   12.3     
Central
  (28.2)  (33.2)  (35.1)    
                 
Continuing operations
  97.4   96.5   86.6     
                 
Americas
  2.6   3.3   2.8     
Europe, the Middle East and Africa
     0.2   10.6     
                 
Discontinued operations
  2.6   3.5   13.4     
                 
Total
  100.0   100.0   100.0     
                 
 
 
(1)The results of operations have been translated into US dollars at the average rates of exchange for the period. In the case of the pound sterling, the translation rate is $1 = £0.55 (2007 $1 = £0.50, 2006 $1 = £0.54). In the case of the euro, the translation rate is $1 = €0.68 (2007 $1 = €0.73, 2006 $1 = €0.80).
 
(2)Operating profit before exceptional operating items does not include exceptional operating items for all periods presented. Exceptional operating items (charge unless otherwise noted) by region are the Americas $99 million (2007 credit of $17 million, 2006 credit of $44 million); Europe, the Middle East and Africa $21 million (2007 credit of $21 million, 2006 credit of $4 million); Asia Pacific $2 million (2007 credit of $17 million, 2006 $nil); and Central $10 million (2007 credit of $5 million, 2006 $nil).
 
(3)Discontinued operations were all owned and leased hotels.
 
(4)Central revenue primarily relates to Holidex (IHG’s proprietary reservation system) fee income. Central operating profit includes central revenue less costs related to global functions.

19


Table of Contents

 
HOTELS
 
Overview
 
InterContinental Hotels Group PLC is an international hotel business which, through various subsidiaries, owns a portfolio of established and diverse hotel brands, including InterContinental, Crowne Plaza, Holiday Inn, Holiday Inn Express, Staybridge Suites, Candlewood Suites and Hotel Indigo, with 4,186 franchised, managed, owned and leased hotels and 619,851 guest rooms in nearly 100 countries as at December 31, 2008. Approximately 614,000 rooms or 99% of the Group’s rooms are operated under managed and franchised models.
 
The unprecedented financial events of late 2008 and the resulting global recession have had, and will continue to have, a significant impact on IHG and the wider hotel industry. IHG’s share price fell by 36% in 2008 and, although the Group outperformed its peers, whose aggregate share price fell by 49%, this is a major change in sentiment. IHG will continue to monitor key trends and indicators to ensure its strategy remains well suited to the developing environment and its capabilities. In essence, IHG believes its business is resilient and, accordingly, its strategy remains unchanged. However, IHG sees short-term risks in the pace of future openings, availability of debt and consumer demand. None of these factors is expected to require major change to IHG’s strategy and it remains focused on the medium to long-term, while it protects short-term profitability.
 
It is beyond doubt that this downturn is severe, with a sharp decline in revenue per available room (RevPAR) and bookings. However, IHG believes it is well placed to manage through this economic situation, despite its severity. While the current downturn is unusual in its rapidity, unpredictability and degree of credit restriction, the hotel industry has always been cyclical. Traditionally it has experienced periods of five to eight years of RevPAR growth followed by up to two years of declines in RevPAR. Demand has rarely fallen for sustained periods and it is the interplay between hotel supply and demand in the industry that drives longer-term fluctuations in RevPAR. The Group’s fee-based profit is partly protected from changes in hotel supply due to its model of third-party ownership of hotels under the Group’s management and franchise contracts. IHG profit varies more with hotel revenue (demand) than it does with hotel profit performance. IHG believes it is well placed over the coming year compared with competitors who own hotels, rather than simply operate them, as does the Group.
 
The global hotel market, has an estimated room capacity of 17.5 million rooms. This has grown at approximately 2% per annum over the last five years. Competitors in the market include other large hotel companies and independently owned hotels.
 
The market remains fragmented, with an estimated 7.7 million branded hotel rooms (approximately 45% of the total market). The Group has an estimated 8% share of the branded market (approximately 3% of the total market). The top six major companies, including IHG, together control approximately 42% of the branded rooms, only 19% of total hotel rooms.
 
Geographically, the market is more concentrated with the top 20 countries accounting for 80% of global hotel rooms. Within this, the United States is dominant (more than 25% of global hotel rooms) with China, Japan and Italy being the next largest markets. The Group’s brands have more leadership positions (top three by room numbers) in the six largest geographic markets than any other major hotel company.
 
US market data historically indicates a steady increase in hotel industry revenues, broadly in line with Gross Domestic Product, with growth of approximately 1.5% per annum in real terms since 1967. Globally, IHG believes demand is driven by a number of underlying trends:
 
  • change in demographics — as the population ages and becomes wealthier, increased leisure time and income encourages more travel and hotel visits; younger generations are increasingly seeking work/life balance, with positive implications for increased leisure travel;
 
  • increase in travel volumes as low-cost airlines grow rapidly;
 
  • globalization of trade and tourism;
 
  • increase in affluence and freedom to travel within emerging markets, such as China; and
 
  • increase in the preference for branded hotels amongst consumers.


20


Table of Contents

 
FIGURE 3
 
     
2007 branded hotel rooms by region as a percentage of the total market
   
 
United States
  69%
Europe, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”)
  33%
Asia Pacific
  29%
 
 
Source: IHG Analysis, Northstar Travel Management, Smith Travel Research (STR)
 
Within the global market, a relatively low proportion of hotel rooms are branded; however, there has been an increasing trend towards branded rooms. Over the three years 2006, 2007 and 2008, the branded market (as represented by the nine major global branded hotel companies) has grown at a 3.6% compound annual growth rate (CAGR), over twice as quickly as the overall market implying an increased preference towards branded hotels. Branded companies are therefore gaining market share at the expense of unbranded companies. IHG is well positioned to benefit from this trend. Hotel owners are increasingly recognizing the benefits of working with IHG Hotels which can offer a portfolio of brands to suit the different real estate opportunities an owner may have, together with effective revenue delivery through global reservation channels. Furthermore, hotel ownership is increasingly being separated from hotel operations, encouraging hotel owners to use third parties such as IHG Hotels to manage or franchise their hotels.
 
Potential negative trends impacting hotel industry growth include the possibility of increased terrorism, environmental considerations and economic factors such as those now prevailing, namely recession and global credit restrictions.
 
IHG’s future growth will be achieved predominantly through managing and franchising rather than owning hotels. Approximately 614,000 rooms operating under Group brands are managed or franchised and 5,600 are owned and leased.
 
The managed and franchised fee-based model is attractive because it enables the Group to achieve its goals with limited capital investment at an accelerated pace. A further advantage is the reduced volatility of the fee-based income stream, compared with ownership of assets.
 
A key characteristic of the managed and franchised business is that it generates more cash than is required for investment in the business, with a high return on capital employed. During the year ended December 31, 2008, 85% of continuing earnings before regional and central overheads, exceptional items, interest and tax is derived from managed and franchised operations.
 
Operations
 
The Group currently operates an ‘asset-light’ business model and owns only a small number of hotels. Through three distinct business models which offer different growth, return, risk and reward opportunities, IHG achieves growth through its partnerships with financial participants who may provide capital in exchange for, among other things, the Group’s expertise and brand value. The models are summarized as follows:
 
franchised, where Group companies neither own nor manage the hotel, but license the use of a Group brand and provide access to reservations systems, loyalty schemes and know-how. The Group derives revenues from a brand royalty or licensing fee, based on a percentage of room revenue. At the end of 2008, 75% of the Group’s rooms were franchised, with 90% of rooms in the Americas operating under this model.
 
managed, where in addition to licensing the use of a Group brand, a Group company manages the hotel for third party owners. The Group derives revenues from base and incentive management fees and provides the system infrastructure necessary for the hotel to operate. Management contract fees are generally a percentage of hotel revenue and may have an additional incentive fee linked to profitability or cash flow. The terms of these agreements vary, but are often long-term (for example, 10 years or more). The Group’s responsibilities under the management agreement typically include hiring, training and supervising the managers and employees that operate the hotels under the relevant brand standards. In order to gain access to central reservations systems, global and regional brand


21


Table of Contents

marketing and brand standards and procedures, owners are typically required to make a further contribution. At the end of 2008, 24% of the Group’s rooms were operated under management contracts.
 
owned and leased (“O & L”), where a Group company both owns (or leases) and operates the hotel and, in the case of ownership, takes all the benefits and risks associated with ownership. The Group has sold a significant proportion of its owned and leased portfolio and in future expects to own only hotels where it is considered strategically important to do so. Rooms owned or leased by the Group at the end of 2008 represented 1% of the Group’s rooms.
 
In addition, the Group also makes equity investments in hotel ownership entities, where its equity investment is less than 100% and it participates in a share of the benefits and risks of ownership. A management contract is generally entered into as well as the equity investment.
 
The following table shows the number of hotels and rooms owned, leased, managed or franchised by IHG as at December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
 
                                 
     Management
       
     contracts and joint
       
  Owned or leased  ventures  Franchised  Total 
  No. of
  No. of
  No. of
  No. of
  No. of
  No. of
  No. of
  No. of
 
  hotels  rooms  hotels  rooms  hotels  rooms  hotels  rooms 
 
2008
  16   5,644   585   148,240   3,585   465,967   4,186   619,851 
2007
  18   6,396   539   134,883   3,392   443,815   3,949   585,094 
2006
  25   8,460   512   125,214   3,204   422,572   3,741   556,246 
 
The Group sets quality and service standards for all of its hotel brands (including those operated under management contracts or franchise arrangements) and operates a customer satisfaction and hotel quality measurement system to ensure those standards are met or exceeded. The quality measurement system includes an assessment of both physical property and customer service standards.
 
Strategy
 
IHG seeks to deliver enduring top quartile shareholder returns, when measured against a broad global hotel peer group, by focusing on its core purpose of creating “Great Hotels Guests Love”. IHG aims to offer guests a level of service and hospitality that will encourage them to make return visits to the Group’s hotels.
 
We measure success in three ways:
 
  • Total Shareholder Returns — for the three-year period of 2006 to 2008, IHG was third among its peers;
 
  • Rooms Growth — rooms added to our brands at a rate faster than competitors. In 2008 we grew by 5.9% against an average of 4.3% for our main competitors; and
 
  • Key Performance Indicators — a basket of specific key performance indicators (KPIs) aimed at delivering our core purpose, cascaded to the hotel level.
 
Successful performance against various combinations of these, and other, metrics drives payment of a significant percentage of senior management discretionary remuneration.
 
IHG’s strategy has seen significant development through 2008 as the Group moved to make its core purpose a reality. IHG has taken a hard look at its operations and capabilities to focus on what really matters most to deliver Great Hotels Guests Love. IHG has backed this up with a major effort to align its people and measure the most important drivers, resulting in a clear, target-based program within its hotels to motivate teams and guide behaviours.
 
Our strategy now encompasses two key aspects:
 
  • where IHG chooses to compete; and
 
  • how the Group will win when it competes.
 
The Group’s underlying ‘Where’ strategy is that IHG will grow a portfolio of differentiated hospitality brands in select strategic countries and global key cities to maximize our scale advantage. The ‘How’ aspect of the Group’s


22


Table of Contents

strategy flows from the Group’s core purpose and research at the hotel level as to what really makes a difference for guests.
 
In support of the Group’s overall strategy there are now five key priorities — one ‘Where we compete’ and four ‘How we win’:
 
Where we compete
 
  • To accelerate profitable growth of its core business in the largest markets where the Group currently has scale and also in key global cities. Seek opportunities to leverage our scale in new business areas.
 
How we win
 
  • Financial returns:  To generate higher returns for owners and IHG through revenue delivery and improved operating efficiency.
 
  • Our people:  To create a more efficient organization with strong core capabilities.
 
  • Guest experience:  To operate a portfolio of brands attractive to both owners and guests that have clear market positions and differentiation in the eyes of the guest.
 
  • Responsible business:  To take an active stance on environment and community issues in order to drive increased value for IHG, owners and guests.
 
In June 2005 IHG set an organic growth target of at least 50,000 to 60,000 net rooms to be added by the end of 2008, with specific growth targets for the InterContinental brand(15-25net InterContinental hotel additions) and within the Chinese market (125 hotels in China). As at December 31, 2008, IHG had achieved organic growth of over 82,000 net rooms against the target set in June 2005, together with 23 net InterContinental hotel additions and 112 hotels in China (for China, the target is expected to be exceeded in early 2009).
 
The Group delivered its growth targets through its operating system which includes:
 
  • a strong brand portfolio across the major markets — IHG’s brands achieved revenue per available room (“RevPAR”) growth premiums within respective key market segments during 2008;
 
  • market coverage — a presence in nearly 100 countries;
 
  • scale — 4,186 hotels, and 619,851 rooms;
 
  • global reservations channels — delivering $7.6 billion of global system room revenue in 2008, including $2.6 billion from the internet;
 
  • Priority Club Rewards — a loyalty program, contributing $5.9 billion of global system room revenue in 2008; and
 
  • a strong web presence — holidayinn.com is one of the industry’s most visited sites, with around 87 million total site visits per annum.


23


Table of Contents

 
Segmental Results by Activity
 
The following table shows the Group’s continuing revenue and operating profit before exceptional operating items by activity and the percentage contribution of each activity for the following periods: years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
 
             
  Year ended
 
  December 31, 
  2008  2007  2006 
  ($ million) 
 
Continuing revenue(1)
            
Americas
            
Owned and leased
  257   257   192 
Managed
  168   156   143 
Franchised
  495   489   443 
             
   920   902   778 
EMEA
            
Owned and leased
  240   244   169 
Managed
  168   167   131 
Franchised
  110   81   63 
             
   518   492   363 
Asia Pacific
            
Owned and leased
  159   145   131 
Managed
  113   99   65 
Franchised
  18   16   8 
             
   290   260   204 
Central(3)
  126   117   101 
             
Total
  1,854   1,771   1,446 
             
Continuing operating profit before exceptional operating items(1)(2)
            
Americas
            
Owned and leased
  41   40   22 
Managed
  51   41   50 
Franchised
  426   425   382 
Regional overheads
  (67)  (66)  (59)
             
   451   440   395 
EMEA
            
Owned and leased
  45   33   (7)
Managed
  95   87   68 
Franchised
  75   58   44 
Regional overheads
  (44)  (44)  (36)
             
   171   134   69 
Asia Pacific
            
Owned and leased
  43   36   31 
Managed
  55   46   39 
Franchised
  8   6   5 
Regional overheads
  (38)  (25)  (23)
             
   68   63   52 
Central(3)
  (155)  (163)  (149)
             
Total
  535   474   367 
             
 
 
Footnotes on page 25.
 


24


Table of Contents

             
  Year ended December 31, 
  2008  2007  2006 
  (%) 
 
Continuing revenue
            
Americas
            
Owned and leased
  13.9   14.5   13.3 
Managed
  9.0   8.8   9.9 
Franchised
  26.7   27.6   30.6 
             
   49.6   50.9   53.8 
EMEA
            
Owned and leased
  12.9   13.8   11.7 
Managed
  9.1   9.4   9.0 
Franchised
  5.9   4.6   4.4 
             
   27.9   27.8   25.1 
Asia Pacific
            
Owned and leased
  8.6   8.2   9.0 
Managed
  6.1   5.6   4.5 
Franchised
  1.0   0.9   0.6 
             
   15.7   14.7   14.1 
Central
  6.8   6.6   7.0 
             
Total
  100.0   100.0   100.0 
             
Continuing operating profit before exceptional operating items
            
Americas
            
Owned and leased
  7.7   8.4   6.0 
Managed
  9.5   8.6   13.6 
Franchised
  79.6   89.7   104.0 
Regional overheads
  (12.5)  (13.9)  (16.0)
             
   84.3   92.8   107.6 
EMEA
            
Owned and leased
  8.4   7.0   (1.9)
Managed
  17.8   18.4   18.5 
Franchised
  14.0   12.2   12.0 
Regional overheads
  (8.2)  (9.3)  (9.8)
             
   32.0   28.3   18.8 
Asia
            
Owned and leased
  8.0   7.6   8.5 
Managed
  10.3   9.7   10.6 
Franchised
  1.5   1.3   1.4 
Regional overheads
  (7.1)  (5.3)  (6.3)
             
   12.7   13.3   14.2 
Central
  (29.0)  (34.4)  (40.6)
             
Total
  100.0   100.0   100.0 
             
 
 
(1)The results of operations have been translated into US dollars at the average rates of exchange for the period. In the case of the pound sterling, the translation rate is $1 = £0.55 (2007 $1 = £0.50, 2006 $1 = £0.54). In the case of the euro, the translation rate is $1 = €0.68 (2007 $1 = €0.73, 2006 $1 = €0.80).
 
(2)Operating profit before exceptional operating items does not include exceptional operating items for all periods presented. Exceptional operating items (charge unless otherwise noted) by region are the Americas $99 million (2007 credit of $17 million, 2006 credit of $44 million); Europe, the Middle East and Africa $21 million (2007 credit of $21 million, 2006 credit of $4 million); Asia Pacific $2 million (2007 credit of $17 million, 2006 $nil); and Central $10 million (2007 credit of $5 million, 2006 $nil).
 
(3)Central revenue primarily relates to Holidex (IHG’s proprietary reservation system) fee income. Central operating profit includes central revenue less costs related to global functions.

25


Table of Contents

 
Global System
 
Hotels operated under the Group’s brands are, pursuant to terms within their contracts, subject to cash assessments for brand marketing, reservations systems and Priority Club membership stays. These assessments, typically based upon room revenue, are pooled within the system funds for the collective benefit of all hotels by brand or geography. The assessments are used for revenue generating activities including the costs of call centers, frequency program points, websites, sales teams, advertising and brand development and affiliate marketing programs.
 
Priority Club Rewards:  The Group operates the Priority Club Rewards loyalty program. Members enjoy a variety of privileges and rewards as they stay at the Group’s hotels around the world. Global system rooms sales generated from Priority Club Rewards members during 2008 were $5.9 billion and represented approximately 37% of IHG Hotels global system rooms sales.
 
Central Reservation System Technology:  The Group operates the HolidexPlus reservations system. The HolidexPlus system receives reservations requests entered on terminals located at most of its reservation centers, as well as from global distribution systems operated by a number of major corporations and travel agents. Where local hotel systems allow, the HolidexPlus system immediately confirms reservations or indicates alternative accommodation available within IHG’s network. Confirmations are transmitted electronically to the hotel for which the reservation is made.
 
Reservations Call Centers:  The Group operates 12 reservations centers around the world which enable it to sell in local languages in many countries and offer a high quality service to customers.
 
Internet:  The Group introduced electronic hotel reservations in 1995. The Internet continues to be an important communications, branding and distribution channel for the Group’s sales. During 2008, the internet channel continued to show strong growth, with global system rooms sales booked through the internet increasing by 21% to $2.6 billion. Approximately 20% (17% in 2007) of IHG global system rooms sales is via the internet through various branded websites, such as www.intercontinental.com and www.holidayinn.com, as well as certified third parties. IHG has established standards for working with third party intermediaries — on-line travel distributors — who sell or re-sell the Group’s branded hotel rooms via their internet sites. Under the standards, certified distributors are required to respect the Group’s trademarks, ensure reservations are guaranteed through an automated and common confirmation process, and clearly present fees to customers. About 86% of IHG Hotels’ global system rooms sales booked on the web is now booked directly through the Group’s own brand sites.
 
The Group estimates that, during 2008, global system rooms sales booked through these reservations systems (which include company reservations centers, global distribution systems and internet reservations) rose by approximately 10% to $7.6 billion, and the proportion of IHG Hotels’ global system rooms sales booked through the Group’s reservation channels increased from 45% to 48%.
 
Sales and Marketing
 
IHG targets its sales and marketing expenditure in each region on driving revenue and brand awareness or, in the case of sales investments, targeting segments such as corporate accounts, travel agencies and meeting organizers. The majority of IHG’s sales and marketing expenditure is funded by contractual fees paid by most hotels in the system.
 
The strategic goals for the global system as a whole include:
 
  • adding further locations and improving guest satisfaction for its brands;
 
  • continuing the focus on enrolments in Priority Club Rewards and increasing their share of the total hotel spend;
 
  • continuing to improve the direct channels; and
 
  • improving pricing structure.


26


Table of Contents

 
Global Brands
 
Brands Overview
 
The Group’s portfolio includes seven established and diverse brands. These brands cover several market segments and in the case of InterContinental, Crowne Plaza, Holiday Inn and Holiday Inn Express, operate internationally. During 2008, the first Staybridge Suites hotels opened outside the Americas, in Liverpool and Cairo and the first Hotel Indigo in London. Candlewood Suites operates exclusively in the Americas.
 
         
  December 31, 2008 
Brands
 Room numbers  Hotels 
 
InterContinental
  54,736   159 
Crowne Plaza
  93,382   342 
Holiday Inn
  249,691   1,353 
Holiday Inn Express
  173,794   1,932 
Staybridge Suites
  16,644   152 
Candlewood Suites
  20,641   204 
Hotel Indigo
  2,702   22 
Other
  8,261   22 
         
Total
  619,851   4,186 
         
 
InterContinental
 
                     
  Americas
 Americas
 EMEA
 EMEA
 Asia Pacific
  total O & L total O & L total
 
Average room rate $(1)
  180.07   259.21   205.52   476.45   199.09 
Room numbers(2)
  18,502   1,914   20,836   1,293   15,398 
 
 
(1)For the year ended December 31, 2008; quoted at constant US$ exchange rate. Average room rate is for comparable InterContinental hotels.
 
(2)As at December 31, 2008.
 
InterContinental hotels are located in major cities and leisure destinations in over 60 countries. Each hotel offers high-class facilities and services aimed at the discerning business and leisure traveler. The brand strives to provide guests with memorable experiences which also give a sense of each hotel’s location. These hotels blend luxury with a celebration of local culture and heritage which is reflected in everything from décor to dining.
 
InterContinental hotels are principally managed by the Group. As at December 31, 2008, there were 159 InterContinental hotels which represented 9% of the Group’s total hotel rooms. During 2008, 11 InterContinental hotels were added to the portfolio while one hotel was removed.
 
Crowne Plaza
 
             
  Americas
 EMEA
 Asia Pacific
  total total total
 
Average room rate $(1)
  113.32   168.80   111.80 
Room numbers(2)
  51,124   20,729   21,529 
 
 
(1)For the year ended December 31, 2008; quoted at constant US$ exchange rate. Average room rate is for comparable Crowne Plaza hotels.
 
(2)As at December 31, 2008.
 
Crowne Plaza is one of the fastest growing upscale hotel brands in the world, located in more than 55 countries. Crowne Plaza offers simple elegance and full-service facilities for business and leisure travelers alike. Mainly sited in principal cities, these hotels offer high quality accommodation for leisure and business travelers who appreciate style, a sociable environment, excellent meeting facilities and state-of-the-art business technology.


27


Table of Contents

The majority of Crowne Plaza hotels are operated under franchise agreements. As at December 31, 2008, there were 342 Crowne Plaza hotels which represented 15% of the Group’s total hotel rooms. During 2008, 50 Crowne Plaza hotels were added to the portfolio while seven hotels were removed.
 
Holiday Inn
 
                 
  Americas
  Americas
  EMEA
  Asia Pacific
 
  total  O & L  total  total 
 
Average room rate $(1)
  100.72   111.00   133.96   93.15 
Room numbers(2)(3)
  171,189   1,358   53,039   27,875 
 
 
(1)For the year ended December 31, 2008; quoted at constant US$ exchange rate. Average room rate is for comparable Holiday Inn hotels.
 
(2)As at December 31, 2008.
 
(3)The Americas total includes Holiday Inn Club Vacations (2,412 rooms).
 
Friendly service and great value are the hallmarks of the Holiday Inn brand. One of the world’s most recognized brands, Holiday Inn was relaunched in 2007 to improve the Group’s ability to meet guest needs for contemporary high-quality and consistent facilities. The relaunch includes a new identity and logo. Aimed at both business travelers and families on holiday, the brand continues to grow around the world.
 
Holiday Inn hotels are predominantly operated under franchise agreements. As at December 31, 2008, there were 1,353 Holiday Inn hotels which represented 40% of IHG’s total hotel rooms and of which 68% were located in the Americas. During 2008, 68 Holiday Inn hotels were added to the portfolio, while 96 hotels were removed.
 
In 2008, the Group launched Holiday Inn Club Vacations, which gives the Group its first presence in the timeshare market. The first Holiday Inn Club Vacations opened in Florida, in December 2008.
 
Holiday Inn Express
 
             
  Americas
  EMEA
  Asia Pacific
 
  total  total  total 
 
Average room rate $(1)
  99.90   115.37   59.79 
Room numbers(2)
  146,024   21,564   6,206 
 
 
(1)For the year ended December 31, 2008; quoted at constant US$ exchange rate. Average room rate is for comparable Holiday Inn Express hotels.
 
(2)As at December 31, 2008.
 
Convenience, comfort and value make Holiday Inn Express a popular choice with guests and hotel owners. Contemporary guest rooms and bathrooms, a complimentary breakfast and easily accessible locations make this limited service Holiday Inn an ideal choice for people on the road. Holiday Inn Express was also relaunched in 2007.
 
Holiday Inn Express hotels are almost entirely operated under franchise agreements. As at December 31, 2008, there were 1,932 Holiday Inn Express hotels worldwide which represented 28% of the Group’s total hotel rooms and of which 84% were located in the Americas. During 2008, 212 new Holiday Inn Express hotels were added to the portfolio, while 88 hotels were removed.
 
Staybridge Suites
 
         
  Americas
  EMEA
 
  total  total 
 
Average room rate $(1)
  107.62    
Room numbers(2)
  16,372   272 
 
 
(1)For the year ended December 31, 2008; quoted at constant US$ exchange rate. Average room rate is for comparable Staybridge Suite’s hotels.
 
(2)As at December 31, 2008.


28


Table of Contents

 
Staybridge Suites is a high-end brand offering guests a home from home for extended hotel stays. Residential in style, they provide studios and suites, kitchens, living rooms and work areas, and high-speed internet access for business and leisure guests. The “Just Like Home” theatre and new buffet kitchen are communal areas where guests can meet and relax. In 2008, the first Staybridge Suites hotels opened outside the United States, in Liverpool, England, and Cairo, Egypt.
 
The Staybridge Suites brand is principally operated under management contracts and franchise agreements. As at December 31, 2008, there were 152 Staybridge Suites hotels, 150 of which are located in the Americas, which represented 3% of the Group’s total hotel rooms. During 2008, 30 hotels were added to the portfolio, and no hotels were removed.
 
Candlewood Suites
 
     
  Americas
 
  total 
 
Average room rate $(1)
  72.12 
Room numbers(2)
  20,641 
 
 
(1)For the year ended December 31, 2008; quoted at constant US$ exchange rate. Average room rate is for comparable Candlewood Suites hotels.
 
(2)As at December 31, 2008.
 
Created for guest stays of a week or longer, Candlewood Suites offer studios and one bedroom suites with well equipped kitchens, spacious work areas and an array of convenient amenities. This extended stay brand continues to grow rapidly in the Americas and recently launched a new bedding collection.
 
The Candlewood Suites brand is operated under management contracts and franchise agreements. Hospitality Properties Trust (“HPT”) is a major owner of Candlewood Suites properties and the Group manages all 76 of HPT’s Candlewood Suites properties under a 20 year agreement. As at December 31, 2008, there were 204 Candlewood Suites hotels, all located in the Americas, which represented 3% of the Group’s total rooms. During 2008, 47 hotels were added to the portfolio and one was removed.
 
Hotel Indigo
 
         
  Americas
  EMEA
 
  total  total 
 
Average room rate $(1)
  120.55    
Room numbers(2)
  2,638   64 
 
 
(1)For the year ended December 31, 2008; quoted at constant US$ exchange rate. Average room rate is for comparable Hotel Indigo hotels.
 
(2)As at December 31, 2008.
 
Hotel Indigo is the industry’s first branded boutique hotel. The brand is aimed at style-conscious guests who want peaceful and affordable luxury combined with all the knowledge, experience and operating systems that an international hotel company can offer. Inspired by lifestyle retailing, it features seasonal changes, inviting service, inspiring artwork, casual dining, airy guest rooms and24-hourbusiness amenities.
 
The first Hotel Indigo opened in Atlanta, Georgia in the United States in October 2004. As at December 31, 2008, there were 22 Hotel Indigo hotels with 11 hotels added to the portfolio during the year including the first Hotel Indigo opened outside the United States, in London, England.
 
Geographical Analysis
 
Although it has worldwide hotel operations, the Group is most dependent on the Americas for operating profit, reflecting the structure of the branded global hotel market. The Americas region generated 65% of the Group’s continuing operating profit before central overheads and exceptional operating items during 2008.


29


Table of Contents

The geographical analysis, split by number of rooms and operating profit, is set out in the table below.
 
             
  Americas  EMEA  Asia Pacific 
     (% of total)    
 
Room numbers(1)
  69   19   12 
Regional operating profit (before central overheads and exceptional operating items)(2)
  65   25   10 
 
 
(1)As at December 31, 2008.
 
(2)For the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
The following table shows information concerning the geographical locations and ownership of the Group’s hotels as at December 31, 2008.
 
                                 
  Owned and leased  Managed  Franchised  Total 
  Hotels  Rooms  Hotels  Rooms  Hotels  Rooms  Hotels  Rooms 
 
Americas
                                
InterContinental
  4   1,914   25   9,156   26   7,432   55   18,502 
Crowne Plaza
        18   6,474   169   44,650   187   51,124 
Holiday Inn
  4   1,358   30   9,777   886   157,642   920   168,777 
Holiday Inn Express
        1   252   1,721   145,772   1,722   146,024 
Staybridge Suites
  2   233   43   5,339   105   10,800   150   16,372 
Candlewood Suites
        79   9,512   125   11,129   204   20,641 
Hotel Indigo
        3   405   18   2,233   21   2,638 
Holiday Inn Club Vacations
              1   2,412   1   2,412 
                                 
Total
  10   3,505   199   40,915   3,051   382,070   3,260   426,490 
                                 
EMEA
                                
InterContinental
  3   1,293   53   17,297   8   2,246   64   20,836 
Crowne Plaza
        24   6,380   65   14,349   89   20,729 
Holiday Inn
        86   15,542   246   37,497   332   53,039 
Holiday Inn Express
  1   153   13   1,491   172   19,920   186   21,564 
Staybridge Suites
        2   272         2   272 
Hotel Indigo
              1   64   1   64 
Other
        1   203         1   203 
                                 
Total
  4   1,446   179   41,185   492   74,076   675   116,707 
                                 
Asia Pacific
                                
InterContinental
  1   495   31   12,523   8   2,380   40   15,398 
Crowne Plaza
        61   19,642   5   1,887   66   21,529 
Holiday Inn
  1   198   85   25,218   15   2,459   101   27,875 
Holiday Inn Express
        22   5,931   2   275   24   6,206 
Other
        8   2,826   12   2,820   20   5,646 
                                 
Total
  2   693   207   66,140   42   9,821   251   76,654 
                                 
Total
                                
InterContinental
  8   3,702   109   38,976   42   12,058   159   54,736 
Crowne Plaza
        103   32,496   239   60,886   342   93,382 
Holiday Inn
  5   1,556   201   50,537   1,147   197,598   1,353   249,691 
Holiday Inn Express
  1   153   36   7,674   1,895   165,967   1,932   173,794 
Staybridge Suites
  2   233   45   5,611   105   10,800   152   16,644 
Candlewood Suites
        79   9,512   125   11,129   204   20,641 
Hotel Indigo
        3   405   19   2,297   22   2,702 
Holiday Inn Club Vacations
              1   2,412   1   2,412 
Other
        9   3,029   12   2,820   21   5,849 
                                 
Total
  16   5,644   585   148,240   3,585   465,967   4,186   619,851 
                                 


30


Table of Contents

Americas
 
In the Americas, the largest proportion of rooms is operated under the franchise business model primarily in the midscale segment (Holiday Inn and Holiday Inn Express). Similarly, in the upscale segment, Crowne Plaza is predominantly franchised, whereas the majority of the InterContinental brand is operated under franchise and management agreements. With 3,260 hotels, the Americas represented 78% of the Group’s hotels and 65% of the Group’s continuing operating profit before central costs and exceptional operating items during the year ended December 31, 2008. The key profit producing region is the United States, although IHG is also represented in each of Latin America, Canada, Mexico and the Caribbean.
 
EMEA
 
Comprising 675 hotels at the end of 2008, EMEA represented approximately 25% of the Group’s continuing operating profit before central costs and exceptional operating items during the year ended December 31, 2008. Profits are primarily generated from hotels in the United Kingdom, Continental European gateway cities and the Middle East portfolio.
 
Asia Pacific
 
Comprising 251 hotels as at December 31, 2008, Asia Pacific represents approximately 10% of the Group’s operating profit before central costs and exceptional operating items during the year ended December 31, 2008. The Chinese tourism market continues to grow, with the country due to become one of the world’s biggest tourist destinations within 10 years. As at December 31, 2008 the Group had 112 hotels in Greater China and a further 126 hotels in development.
 
Room Count and Pipeline
 
During 2008, the IHG Hotels global system (the number of hotels and rooms which are owned, leased, managed or franchised by the Group) increased by 237 hotels (34,757 rooms; 5.9%) to 4,186 hotels (619,851 rooms). Openings of 430 hotels (59,353 rooms) were driven, in particular, by continued expansion in the United States, the United Kingdom, the Middle East and China.
 
As in recent years, system size growth was driven by brands in the midscale limited service and extended stay segments, with Holiday Inn Express representing over 50% of the total net movement (124 hotels, 17,263 rooms) and, Staybridge Suites and Candlewood Suites combined representing approximately 30% of total net hotel growth. The youngest brand in the IHG portfolio, Hotel Indigo, continues to grow, with 11 hotels (1,201 rooms) added during 2008. In order to expand the Group’s global reach, brands established in the Americas have been launched in other regions, with the opening of Staybridge Suites hotels in Liverpool, England, and Cairo, Egypt, the opening of the Hotel Indigo London Paddington, England, and the signing of a management contract for a Hotel Indigo in Shanghai, China. As a consequence of the continued drive to increase quality through the removal of non-brand conforming hotels, the Holiday Inn hotel and room count showed a net decline (28 hotels, 7,008 rooms). This strategy is further supported by the worldwide brand relaunch of the Holiday Inn brand family, which entails the consistent delivery ofbest-in-classservice and physical quality in all Holiday Inn and Holiday Inn Express hotels. At the year end 274 hotels were open under the updated signage and brand standards.
 
At the end of 2008, the IHG pipeline totaled 1,775 hotels (245,085 rooms). The IHG pipeline represents hotels and rooms where a contract has been signed and the appropriate fees paid, but are not yet open. Sometimes, a hotel will not open for reasons such as the financing being withdrawn. In the year, room signings across all regions of 98,886 rooms led to pipeline growth of 19,213 rooms. While signings were below the record level of 2007, the level of signings and pipeline growth demonstrates strong demand for the Group’s brands across all regions and represents a key driver of future profitability.
 
There are no assurances that all of the hotels in the pipeline will open. The construction, conversion and development of hotels is dependent upon a number of factors, including meeting brand standards, obtaining the necessary permits relating to construction and operation, the cost of constructing, converting and equipping such hotels and the ability to obtain suitable financing at acceptable interest rates. The supply of capital for hotel


31


Table of Contents

development in the United States and major economies may not continue at previous levels and consequently the system pipeline could decrease.
 
  Americas
 
The Americas hotel and room count grew by 180 hotels (17,631 rooms) to 3,260 hotels (426,490 rooms). The growth included openings of 332 hotels (38,198 rooms) including Holiday Inn Express openings of 170 hotels (15,547 rooms), representing 51% of all hotel openings in the Americas. A further addition to the system was the new Holiday Inn Club Vacations (one hotel, 2,412 rooms) which gives IHG its first presence in the timeshare market. The franchised business model continues to grow in the region, with franchised hotels contributing over 97% of net growth. Net growth also included removals of 152 hotels (20,567 rooms), with Holiday Inn hotels representing 55% (74% of rooms) of removals as the Group continued its efforts to improve quality and reinvigorate the brand.
 
The Americas pipeline continued at record growth levels and totaled 1,403 hotels (146,757 rooms) at December 31, 2008. During the year, 60,402 room signings were completed, compared with 75,279 room signings in 2007. Signing levels declined on the record level in 2007 as a result of lower real estate and construction activity amid the current economic outlook. Demand in the key midscale sector remained positive, representing 61% of hotel signings.
 
  EMEA
 
During 2008, EMEA hotel and room count increased by 24 hotels (7,147 rooms) to 675 hotels (116,707 rooms). The net room growth included the opening of 10,118 rooms (62 hotels), up 27% on 2007 resulting from hotels entering the system after the high signing levels in 2006 and 2007, and the removal of 38 hotels (2,971 rooms), including the removal of a portfolio of franchised Holiday Inn Express hotels in the United Kingdom. System growth was led by openings in the United Kingdom of 21 hotels (2,460 rooms). Further significant growth occurred in the Middle East, with 11 hotel openings (2,767 rooms), compared to four hotel openings (1,013 rooms) in 2007. Holiday Inn Express was the largest contributor of room openings, adding over 36% of the region’s total. Two new brands were introduced to the region during the year with the opening of the Staybridge Suites hotels in Liverpool, England, and Cairo, Egypt, and the Hotel Indigo London Paddington, England, which opened in December 2008.
 
The pipeline in EMEA decreased by 14 hotels, but increased by 975 rooms, to 173 hotels (33,864 rooms). The growth included 13,348 room signings, with continued strong demand for IHG brands in the Middle East, which accounted for 43% of the region’s room signings. Across the region, all brands recorded positive signing levels, with demand particularly focused in the midscale sector which represented 46% of room signings. The demand for the extended stay brand, Staybridge Suites, continued with signings in line with 2007, reflecting confidence from our owners in the extended stay model imported from the Americas region.
 
Asia Pacific
 
Asia Pacific hotel and room count increased by 33 hotels (9,979 rooms) to 251 hotels (76,654 rooms). The net growth included 31 hotels (9,806 rooms) in Greater China reflecting continued expansion in one of IHG’s strategic markets, including the opening of the Group’s 100th hotel in the People’s Republic of China, the Crowne Plaza Beijing Zhongguancun.
 
The pipeline in Asia Pacific increased by 42 hotels (12,638 rooms) to 199 hotels (64,464 rooms). Pipeline growth was again centered on the Greater China market with 70% of the region’s room signings. There was also significant demand in India, where signings more than doubled compared to 2007. From a brand perspective, Holiday Inn was the largest contributor to signings, with 39% of the region’s room signings.


32


Table of Contents

FIGURE 4
 
                         
  Hotels  Rooms 
        Change
        Change
 
Global hotel and room count at December 31 2008  2007  over 2007  2008  2007  over 2007 
 
Analyzed by brand:
                        
InterContinental
  159   149   10   54,736   50,762   3,974 
Crowne Plaza
  342   299   43   93,382   83,170   10,212 
Holiday Inn
  1,353   1,381   (28)  249,691   256,699   (7,008)
Holiday Inn Express
  1,932   1,808   124   173,794   156,531   17,263 
Staybridge Suites
  152   122   30   16,644   13,466   3,178 
Candlewood Suites
  204   158   46   20,641   16,825   3,816 
Hotel Indigo
  22   11   11   2,702   1,501   1,201 
Holiday Inn Club Vacations
  1      1   2,412      2,412 
Other
  21   21      5,849   6,140   (291)
                         
Total
  4,186   3,949   237   619,851   585,094   34,757 
                         
Analyzed by ownership type:
                        
Owned and leased
  16   18   (2)  5,644   6,396   (752)
Managed
  585   539   46   148,240   134,883   13,357 
Franchised
  3,585   3,392   193   465,967   443,815   22,152 
                         
Total
  4,186   3,949   237   619,851   585,094   34,757 
                         


33


Table of Contents

FIGURE 5
 
                         
  Hotels  Rooms 
        Change
        Change
 
Global pipeline at December 31
 2008  2007  over 2007  2008  2007  over 2007 
 
Analyzed by brand:
                        
InterContinental
  71   62   9   21,884   20,013   1,871 
Crowne Plaza
  133   118   15   41,469   36,362   5,107 
Holiday Inn
  387   365   22   64,261   56,945   7,316 
Holiday Inn Express
  719   712   7   70,270   70,142   128 
Staybridge Suites
  166   157   9   18,109   17,150   959 
Candlewood Suites
  242   207   35   21,790   18,605   3,185 
Hotel Indigo
  56   52   4   7,212   6,565   647 
Other
  1   1      90   90    
                         
Total
  1,775   1,674   101   245,085   225,872   19,213 
                         
Analyzed by ownership type:
                        
Owned and leased
  1      1   185      185 
Managed
  300   247   53   87,941   71,814   16,127 
Franchised
  1,474   1,427   47   156,959   154,058   2,901 
                         
Total
  1,775   1,674   101   245,085   225,872   19,213 
                         
 
Seasonality
 
Although the performance of individual hotels and geographic markets might be highly seasonal due to a variety of factors such as the tourist trade and local economic conditions, the geographical spread of the Group’s hotels in nearly 100 countries and the relative stability of the income stream from management and franchising activities, diminishes, to some extent, the effect of seasonality on the results of the Group.
 
Competition
 
The Group’s hotels compete with a wide range of facilities offering various types of lodging options and related services to the public. The competition includes several large and moderate sized hotel chains offering upper, mid and lower priced accommodation and also includes independent hotels in each of these market segments, particularly outside of North America where the lodging industry is much more fragmented. Major hotel chains which compete with the Group include Marriott International, Inc., Starwood Hotels & Resorts Worldwide, Inc., Choice Hotels International, Inc., Best Western International, Inc., Hilton Hotels Corporation, Wyndham Worldwide, Four Seasons Hotels Inc. and Accor S.A. The Group also competes with non-hotel options, such as timeshare offerings and cruises.
 
Key Relationships
 
The Group has major relationships with hotel owners and indirect relationships with suppliers.
 
The Group maintains effective relationships across all aspects of its operations. The Group’s operations are not dependent upon any single customer, supplier or hotel owner due to the extent of its brands, market segments and geographical coverage. For example, IHG’s largest third-party hotel owner controls less than 4% of the Group’s total room count.
 
The Group’s relationships with its suppliers will be changing as it places significant emphasis on revised procurement processes during 2009, partly in response to the macroeconomic environment. IHG believes there are significant opportunities for improving effectiveness and efficiency of its buying and sourcing arrangements and will be working with suppliers to realize these benefits.


34


Table of Contents

To promote effective owner relationships, the Group’s management meets with owners on a regular basis. In addition, IHG has an important relationship with the IAHI — The Owners’ Association (“IAHI”). The IAHI is an independent worldwide association for owners of the Crowne Plaza, Holiday Inn, Holiday Inn Express, Hotel Indigo, Staybridge Suites and Candlewood Suites brands. IHG and the IAHI work together to support and facilitate the continued development of IHG’s brands and systems, with specific emphasis during 2008 on the relaunch of the Holiday Inn and Holiday Inn Express brands and the Group’s response to the economic downturn. Additionally, IHG and the IAHI began working together to develop and facilitate key Corporate Responsibility (“CR”) initiatives within the Group’s brands.
 
Many jurisdictions and countries regulate the offering of franchise agreements and recent trends indicate an increase in the number of countries adopting franchise legislation. As a significant percentage of the Group’s revenues is derived from franchise fees, the Group’s continued compliance with franchise legislation is important to the successful deployment of the Group’s strategy. This could be either positive in terms of opening up new markets such as China, or negative in terms of increased liability for IHG in franchised properties.
 
RevPAR
 
The following tables present RevPAR statistics for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007. RevPAR is a key performance indicator which measures underlying hotel revenue withyear-on-yearperformance being measured by the RevPAR movement against the prior year.
 
Owned and leased, managed and franchised statistics are for comparable hotels, and include only those hotels in the IHG system as of December 31, 2008 and owned and leased, managed or franchised by the Group since January 1, 2007.


35


Table of Contents

The comparison with 2007 is at constant US$ exchange rates.
 
                                     
  Owned & leased  Managed  Franchised 
        Change vs
        Change vs
        Change vs
 
  2008  2007  2007  2008  2007  2007  2008  2007  2007 
 
Americas
                                    
InterContinental
                                    
Occupancy
  80.8%  80.9%  (0.1)%pts  68.6%  70.8%  (2.2)%pts  63.7%  63.2%  0.5%pts
Average daily rate
 $259.21  $257.53   0.7% $184.03  $178.18   3.3% $142.98  $135.40   5.6%
RevPAR
 $209.35  $208.42   0.4% $126.18  $126.18   0.0% $91.14  $85.56   6.5%
Crowne Plaza
                                    
Occupancy
           70.5%  72.4%  (1.9)%pts  60.6%  63.0%  (2.4)%pts
Average daily rate
          $120.31  $115.52   4.1% $112.07  $109.15   2.7%
RevPAR
          $84.86  $83.58   1.5% $67.96  $68.76   (1.2)%
Holiday Inn
                                    
Occupancy
  70.0%  72.4%  (2.4)%pts  69.4%  68.3%  1.1%pts  60.2%  63.3%  (3.1)%pts
Average daily rate
 $111.00  $105.01   5.7% $111.34  $107.42   3.6% $99.79  $96.84   3.0%
RevPAR
 $77.71  $76.02   2.2% $77.28  $73.34   5.4% $60.07  $61.26   (1.9)%
Holiday Inn Express
                                    
Occupancy
           77.8%  75.8%  2.0%pts  65.3%  67.9%  (2.6)%pts
Average daily rate
          $156.37  $148.58   5.2% $99.75  $95.37   4.6%
RevPAR
          $121.71  $112.67   8.0% $65.13  $64.72   0.6%
Staybridge Suites
                                    
Occupancy
  72.5%  73.7%  (1.2)%pts  73.7%  74.2%  (0.5)%pts  71.4%  71.5%  (0.1)%pts
Average daily rate
 $103.24  $100.56   2.7% $112.30  $109.31   2.7% $103.88  $101.83   2.0%
RevPAR
 $74.83  $74.12   1.0% $82.79  $81.12   2.1% $74.19  $72.83   1.9%
Candlewood Suites
                                    
Occupancy
           71.4%  74.4%  (3.0)%pts  67.4%  65.8%  1.6%pts
Average daily rate
          $71.80  $69.94   2.7% $72.77  $71.83   1.3%
RevPAR
          $51.24  $52.01   (1.5)% $49.06  $47.30   3.7%
Hotel Indigo
                                    
Occupancy
           67.5%  68.4%  (0.9)%pts  60.3%  55.0%  5.3%pts
Average daily rate
          $141.66  $142.78   (0.8)% $110.46  $106.34   3.9%
RevPAR
          $95.56  $97.72   (2.2)% $66.56  $58.53   13.7%
 
                                     
  Owned & leased  Managed  Franchised 
        Change vs
        Change vs
        Change vs
 
  2008  2007  2007  2008  2007  2007  2008  2007  2007 
 
EMEA
                                    
InterContinental
                                    
Occupancy
  74.3%  81.7%  (7.4)%pts  67.7%  66.9%  0.8%pts  60.1%  63.4%  (3.3)%pts
Average daily rate
 $476.45  $470.48   1.3% $181.90  $165.51   9.9% $317.57  $269.56   17.8%
RevPAR
 $354.22  $384.37   (7.8)% $123.17  $110.65   11.3% $190.94  $170.82   11.8%
Crown Plaza
                                    
Occupancy
           78.0%  79.7%  (1.7)%pts  67.5%  69.2%  (1.7)%pts
Average daily rate
          $190.65  $174.52   9.2% $157.48  $148.99   5.7%
RevPAR
          $148.68  $139.02   6.9% $106.33  $103.05   3.2%
Holiday Inn
                                    
Occupancy
           73.0%  73.3%  (0.3)%pts  65.5%  67.4%  (1.9)%pts
Average daily rate
          $142.96  $140.23   1.9% $129.65  $123.82   4.7%
RevPAR
          $104.37  $102.79   1.5% $84.89  $83.45   1.7%
Holiday Inn Express
                                    
Occupancy
  68.4%  72.5%  (4.1)%pts  63.4%  67.3%  (3.9)%pts  71.8%  72.9%  (1.1)%pts
Average daily rate
 $102.64  $85.73   19.7% $100.49  $90.69   10.8% $116.39  $112.51   3.4%
RevPAR
 $70.20  $62.15   13.0% $63.74  $61.00   4.5% $83.54  $82.00   1.9%
 


36


Table of Contents

                                     
  Owned & leased  Managed  Franchised 
        Change vs
        Change vs
        Change vs
 
  2008  2007  2007  2008  2007  2007  2008  2007  2007 
 
Asia Pacific
                                    
InterContinental
                                    
Occupancy
  69.0%  69.9%  (0.9)%pts  71.2%  74.7%  (3.5)%pts  66.0%  73.2%  (7.2)%pts
Average daily rate
 $408.50  $375.91   8.7% $180.30  $170.54   5.7% $222.69  $197.79   12.6%
RevPAR
 $281.74  $262.85   7.2% $128.43  $127.33   0.9% $146.92  $144.85   1.4%
Crowne Plaza
                                    
Occupancy
           70.2%  73.4%  (3.2)%pts  79.8%  81.2%  (1.4)%pts
Average daily rate
          $110.52  $103.36   6.9% $119.85  $118.74   0.9%
RevPAR
          $77.59  $75.83   2.3% $95.59  $96.39   (0.8)%
Holiday Inn
                                    
Occupancy
  84.3%  76.7%  7.6%  67.4%  71.3%  (3.9)%pts  70.6%  73.2%  (2.6)%pts
Average daily rate
 $138.86  $135.13   2.8% $93.30  $84.98   9.8% $86.83  $79.63   9.0%
RevPAR
 $117.01  $103.71   12.8% $62.90  $60.56   3.9% $61.32  $58.32   5.1%
Holiday Inn Express
                                    
Occupancy
           67.4%  64.1%  3.3%pts  59.8%  55.4%  4.4%pts
Average daily rate
          $60.06  $58.23   3.1% $56.20  $54.78   2.6%
RevPAR
          $40.49  $37.30   8.6% $33.60  $30.34   10.7%
Other
                                    
Occupancy
           73.0%  78.9%  (5.9)%pts  72.2%  75.1%  (2.9)%pts
Average daily rate
          $123.31  $127.92   (3.6)% $93.26  $92.90   0.4%
RevPAR
          $90.04  $100.92   (10.8)% $67.29  $69.73   (3.5)%
 
Regulation
 
Both in the United Kingdom and internationally, the Group’s hotel operations are subject to regulation, including health and safety, zoning and similar land use laws as well as regulations that influence or determine wages, prices, interest rates, construction procedures and costs.
 
SOFT DRINKS
 
The Group disposed of its interest in Britvic by way of an IPO in December 2005. The Group received aggregate proceeds of approximately £371 million (including two additional dividends, one of £47 million received in November 2005, and another of £89 million, received in May 2005, before any commissions or expenses).
 
The Group results for fiscal 2005 include the results of Soft Drinks for the period up until the IPO of Britvic on December 14, 2005.
 
Britvic generated operating profits before other operating income and expenses of £70 million on revenues of £671 million in the period up to December 14, 2005.
 
TRADEMARKS
 
Group companies own a substantial number of service brands and product brands upon which it is dependent and the Group believes that its significant trademarks are protected in all material respects in the markets in which it currently operates.
 
ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE
 
Principal operating subsidiary undertakings
 
InterContinental Hotels Group PLC was the beneficial owner of all (unless specified) of the equity share capital, either itself or through subsidiary undertakings, of the following companies during the year. Unless stated otherwise, the following companies were incorporated in Great Britain, registered in England and Wales and

37


Table of Contents

operate principally within the United Kingdom. The companies listed below include those which principally affect the amount of profit and assets of the Group.
 
Six Continents Limiteda
 
Hotel Inter-Continental London Limiteda
 
Six Continents Hotels, Inc.b
 
Inter-Continental Hotels Corporationb
 
Barclay Operating Corporationb
 
InterContinental Hotels Group Resources, Inc.b
 
InterContinental Hong Kong Limitedc
 
Société Nouvelle du Grand Hotel SAd
 
 
(a)Incorporated in Great Britain and registered in England and Wales.
 
(b)Incorporated in the United States.
 
(c)Incorporated in Hong Kong.
 
(d)Incorporated in France.


38


Table of Contents

 
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
Group companies own and lease properties throughout the world, principally hotels but also offices. The table below analyzes the net book value of the Group’s property, plant and equipment (excluding assets classified as held for sale) at December 31, 2008. Approximately 40% of the properties by value were directly owned, with 55% held under leases having a term of 50 years or longer.
 
                 
  Europe,
      
  the Middle East
      
Net book value as at December 31, 2008
 and Africa Americas Asia Pacific Total
  ($ million)
 
Land and buildings
  532   415   319   1,266 
Fixtures, fittings and equipment
  171   151   96   418 
                 
   703   566   415   1,684 
                 
 
Approximately 90% of the net book value relates to the top five owned and leased hotels (in terms of value) of a total of 16 hotels, including $192 million relating to assets held under finance leases.
 
At December 31, 2008, an impairment charge of $12 million was recorded in respect of a North American hotel and arises from year-end value in use calculations taking into account the current economic climate.
 
The net book value includes assets in the course of construction of $41 million and contracts placed for expenditure on property, plant and equipment not included in the financial statements at December 31, 2008 of $40 million.
 
ENVIRONMENT
 
IHG understands its responsibility to respect the environment and manage its impact for the benefit of the communities in which it operates, and is committed to taking an active stance on environment and community issues in order to drive increased value for IHG, owners and guests.
 
As IHG pursues its strategic growth and continues to develop its environmental practice, the Group aims to minimize negative effects on the environment. The Group is committed to providing updated information to stakeholders on:
 
  • developments in global environmental policy;
  • how it establishes management responsibility and accountability for environmental performance;
  • how it evaluates and manages the Group’s hotels’ environmental footprint;
  • new projects and developments; and
  • performance benchmarking against best practice.
 
The Group’s immediate priorities for action are environmental management and support for the communities in which it operates. The travel and tourism industry is coming under increasing pressure to address its impact on the environment and society and become more sustainable. Addressing this challenge is a priority.
 
IHG believes that travel and tourism should be operated responsibly and that the benefits of taking this approach far outweigh the costs. Tourism provides opportunities for local economic development, new business and much needed jobs, especially in developing countries. It also opens the door to improved learning, better communication, greater diversity and richer, more fulfilling social experiences.
 
The Group accepts that there are actions that hotel operators can take to minimize travel and tourism’s negative effects still further. The following new initiatives were launched in 2008:
 
  • implementation of systems in all our owned and managed hotels to track the consumption of energy and water as well as waste;
 
  • development of the Green Engage energy management system (patent pending);


39


Table of Contents

 
  • extensive consumer research to quantify ‘green’ opportunity with consumers; and
 
  • refinement of the Group’s corporate responsibility approach.
 
Green Engage is an industry-leading educational and measurement system which enables owners, operators and managers to make environmentally friendly and sustainable improvements to the design, construction and operation of their hotels.
 
IHG will continue to concentrate its efforts on supporting local communities and seek to develop protocols to assess the responsible management of its supply chain.
 
IHG has developed a more integrated Corporate Responsibility (“CR”) strategy and created a global team, representing all parts of the business, to manage the CR agenda and to develop detailed future plans. In February 2009 a new committee of the IHG Board was established to advise the Board on matters relating to CR.
 
ITEM 4A.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
 
None.
 
ITEM 5.  OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS
 
INTRODUCTION
 
Business and Overview
 
InterContinental Hotels Group is an international hotel business which owns a portfolio of established and diverse hotel brands, including InterContinental, Crowne Plaza, Holiday Inn, Holiday Inn Express, Staybridge Suites, Candlewood Suites, Hotel Indigo, and the Holiday Inn brand extension, Holiday Inn Club Vacations with 4,186 franchised, managed, owned and leased hotels and 619,851 guest rooms in nearly 100 countries as at December 31, 2008. The Group also manages the hotel loyalty program, Priority Club Rewards.
 
The Group’s revenue and earnings are derived from hotel operations, which include operation of the Group’s owned hotels, management and other fees paid under management contracts, where the Group operates third-parties’ hotels, and franchise and other fees paid under franchise agreements.
 
Operational Performance
 
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Group reported growth in all regions at the revenue and operating profit lines for continuing operations. The growth in revenues was driven by RevPAR gains in EMEA and Asia Pacific, continued expansion in China and the Middle East and the first full year of trading at the re-opened InterContinental London Park Lane.
 
The performance of the Group is evaluated primarily on a regional basis. The regional operations are split by business model: franchise agreement, management contract, and owned and leased operations. All three income types are affected by occupancy and room rates achieved by hotels, the ability to manage costs and the change in the number of available rooms through acquisition, development and disposition. Results are also impacted by economic conditions and capacity. The Group’s segmental results are shown before exceptional operating items, interest expense, interest income and income taxes.
 
The Group believes the period-over-period movement in RevPAR to be a meaningful indicator for the performance of the business.
 
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
The preparation of the Group’s Consolidated Financial Statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements and the reported amounts of revenues and costs and expense during the reporting periods. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates and judgments, including those relating to revenue recognition, bad debts, investments, property, plant and equipment, goodwill


40


Table of Contents

and intangible assets, income taxes, guest program liability, self insurance claims payable, restructuring costs, retirement benefits and contingencies and litigation.
 
Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and on other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily available from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions.
 
The Group’s critical accounting policies are set out below.
 
Revenue recognition
 
Revenue is derived from the following sources: owned and leased properties; management fees; franchise fees and other revenues which are ancillary to the Group’s operations, including technology fee income.
 
Generally, revenue represents sales (excluding VAT and similar taxes) of goods and services, net of discounts, provided in the normal course of business and recognized when services have been rendered. The following is a description of the composition of revenues of the Group.
 
Owned and leased — primarily derived from hotel operations, including the rental of rooms and food and beverage sales from owned and leased hotels operated under the Group’s brand names. Revenue is recognized when rooms are occupied and food and beverages are sold.
 
Management fees — earned from hotels managed by the Group, usually under long-term contracts with the hotel owner. Management fees include a base fee, which is generally a percentage of hotel revenue, and an incentive fee, which is generally based on the hotel’s profitability or cash flows. Revenue is recognized when earned and realized or realizable under the terms of the contract.
 
Franchise fees — received in connection with the license of the Group’s brand names, usually under long-term contracts with the hotel owner. The Group charges franchise royalty fees as a percentage of room revenue. Revenue is recognized when earned and realized or realizable under the terms of the agreement.
 
The Group participates in three funds established to collect and administer assessments from hotel owners for specific use in marketing, the Priority Club loyalty program and the global reservations system. The Group acts on behalf of hotel owners with regard to the funds and all assessments are designated for specific purposes and result in no profit for the Group. Accordingly, the revenues, expenses and cash flows of the funds are not included in the Consolidated Income Statement or Consolidated Cash Flow Statement.
 
Goodwill, intangible assets, and property, plant and equipment
 
Goodwill arising on acquisitions prior to October 1, 1998 was eliminated against equity. From October 1, 1998 to December 31, 2003, acquired goodwill was capitalized and amortized over a period not exceeding 20 years. Since January 1, 2004, goodwill continued to be capitalized but amortization ceased as at that date, replaced by an impairment review on an annual basis or more frequently if there are indicators of impairment. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for impairment testing purposes.
 
Intangible assets and property, plant and equipment are capitalized and amortized over their expected useful lives, and reviewed for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Assets that do not generate independent cash flows are combined into cash-generating units.
 
The impairment testing of individual assets or cash-generating units requires an assessment of the recoverable amount of the asset or cash-generating unit. If the carrying value of the asset or cash-generating unit exceeds its estimated recoverable amount, the asset or cash-generating unit is written down to its recoverable amount. Recoverable amount is the greater of fair value less cost to sell and value in use. Value in use is assessed based on estimated future cash flows discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. The outcome of such an assessment is subjective, and the result sensitive to the assumed future cashflows to be generated by the assets and


41


Table of Contents

discount rates applied in calculating the value in use, both of which will be dependent on the type of asset and its location. Any impairment arising is charged to the income statement.
 
During 2008, the Group recognized total impairment charges of $96 million across three asset categories as follows:
 
  • Property, plant and equipment — $12 million in respect of a North American hotel;
 
  • Goodwill — $63 million relating to the Americas managed operations cash-generating unit; and
 
  • Intangible assets — $21 million relating to capitalized management contracts in the EMEA region.
 
Income taxes
 
The Group provides for deferred tax in accordance with IAS 12 “Income Taxes” in respect of temporary differences between the tax base and carrying value of assets and liabilities including accelerated capital allowances, unrelieved tax losses, unremitted profits from overseas where the Group does not control remittance, gains rolled over into replacement assets, gains on previously revalued properties and other short- term temporary differences. Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is regarded as probable that the deductible temporary differences can be realized. The Group estimates deferred tax assets and liabilities based on current tax laws and rates, and in certain cases, business plans, including management’s expectations regarding the manner and timing of recovery of the related assets. Changes in these estimates may affect the amount of deferred tax liabilities or the valuation of deferred tax assets.
 
Accruals for tax contingencies require judgments on the expected outcome of tax exposures which may be subject to significant uncertainty, and therefore the actual results may vary from expectations resulting in adjustments to contingencies and cash tax settlements.
 
Loyalty program
 
The hotel loyalty program, Priority Club Rewards enables members to earn points, funded through hotel assessments, during each stay at an InterContinental Hotels Group hotel and redeem the points at a later date for free accommodation or other benefits. The future redemption liability is included in trade and other payables and is estimated using eventual redemption rates determined by actuarial methods and points values. The future redemption liability amounted to $471 million at December 31, 2008.
 
Pensions and other post-employment benefit plans
 
Accounting for pensions and other post-employment benefit plans requires the Group to make assumptions including, but not limited to, future asset returns, discount rates, rates of inflation, life expectancies and health care costs. The use of different assumptions, in any of the above calculations, could have a material effect on the accounting values of the relevant assets and liabilities which could result in a material change to the cost of such liabilities as recognized in the income statement over time. These assumptions are subject to periodic review. A sensitivity analysis to changes in various assumptions is included in Note 3 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
OPERATING RESULTS
 
Accounting Principles
 
The following discussion and analysis is based on the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Group, which are prepared in accordance with IFRS.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2008 the results include exceptional items totaling a net charge of $85 million (2007 net credit of $152 million, 2006 net credit of $447 million). For comparability of the periods presented, some performance indicators in this Operating and Financial Review and Prospects discussion have been calculated after eliminating these exceptional items. Such indicators are prefixed with “adjusted”. An analysis of exceptional items is included in Note 5 of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 


42


Table of Contents

             
  Year ended
  Year ended
  Year ended
 
  December 31,
  December 31,
  December 31,
 
  2008  2007  2006 
  ($ million) 
 
GROUP RESULTS
            
Revenue:
            
Continuing operations
  1,854   1,771   1,446 
Discontinued operations
  43   79   319 
             
Total revenue
  1,897   1,850   1,765 
             
Operating profit before exceptional operating items:
            
Continuing operations
  535   474   367 
Discontinued operations
  14   17   57 
             
Total operating profit before exceptional operating items
  549   491   424 
Exceptional operating items
  (132)  60   48 
             
Operating profit
  417   551   472 
Net financial expenses
  (101)  (90)  (20)
             
Profit before tax
  316   461   452 
Tax
  (59)  (30)  76 
             
Profit after tax
  257   431   528 
Gain on disposal of assets, net of tax
  5   32   226 
             
Profit available for the year
  262   463   754 
             
Earnings per ordinary share:
            
Basic
  91.3¢   144.7¢   193.8¢ 
Adjusted
  120.9¢   97.2¢   78.9¢ 
Adjusted — continuing operations
  117.8¢   93.8¢   69.7¢ 
             
 
Year ended December 2008 compared with year ended December 2007
 
On May 30, 2008, IHG announced its intention to change its reporting currency from sterling to US dollars reflecting the profile of its revenue and operating profit, which are primarily generated in US dollars or US dollar-linked currencies. This change was first introduced in the interim results for the six months to June 30, 2008, and these financial statements are IHG’s first annual financial statements to be presented in US dollars and all comparative information has been restated accordingly.
 
Revenue from continuing operations increased by 4.7% to $1,854 million and continuing operating profit before exceptional items increased by 12.9% to $535 million during the 12 months ended December 31, 2008.
 
Included in these results is $33 million of liquidated damages received by the Group in 2008 in respect of the settlement of two management contracts and two franchise contracts, including one portfolio franchise contract. Excluding these, revenue and operating profit before exceptional items from continuing operations increased by 2.8% and 5.9% respectively.
 
Including discontinued operations, total revenue increased by 2.5% to $1,897 million while operating profit before exceptional items increased by 11.8% to $549 million. Discontinued operations included the results of owned and leased hotels that have been disposed of since January 1, 2007, or those classified as held for sale as part of the asset disposal program that commenced in 2003.
 
The average US dollar exchange rate to sterling strengthened during 2008 (2008 $1:£0.55, 2007 $1:£0.50). Translated at constant currency, applying 2007 exchange rates, continuing revenue increased by 4.3% and continuing operating profit increased by 10.3%.

43


Table of Contents

Exceptional operating items
 
Exceptional operating costs of $132 million consisted of:
 
  • $35 million in relation to the Holiday Inn relaunch;
 
  • $19 million of cost savings-related severance costs;
 
  • $96 million of non-cash asset impairment reflecting the poorer trading environment expected in 2009; and
 
  • other items including gains on asset sales, which netted to an $18 million credit
 
Exceptional operating items are treated as exceptional by reason of their size or nature and are excluded from the calculation of adjusted earnings per share in order to provide a more meaningful comparison of performance.
 
Net financial expenses
 
Net financial expenses increased from $90 million in 2007 to $101 million in 2008. Average net debt levels in 2008 were higher than 2007 primarily as a result of the payment of the special dividend of £709 million in June 2007. Net debt levels remained stable in the first half of 2008, reducing slightly in the second half of the year.
 
Financing costs included $12 million (2007 $21 million) of interest costs associated with Priority Club Rewards where interest is charged on the accumulated balance of cash received in advance of the redemption points awarded. Financing costs in 2008 also included $18 million (2007 $18 million) in respect of the InterContinental Boston finance lease.
 
Taxation
 
The effective rate of tax on the combined profit from continuing and discontinued operations, excluding the impact of exceptional items, was 23% (2007 22%). By also excluding the impact of prior year items, which are included wholly within continuing operations, the equivalent tax rate would be 39% (2007 36%). This rate is higher than the UK statutory rate of 28% due mainly to certain overseas profits (particularly in the US) being subject to statutory rates higher than the UK statutory rate, unrelieved foreign taxes and disallowable expenses.
 
Taxation within exceptional items totaled a credit of $42 million (2007 $60 million) in respect of continuing operations. This represented, primarily, the release of exceptional provisions relating to tax matters which were settled during the year, or in respect of which the statutory limitation period had expired, together with tax relief on exceptional costs.
 
Net tax paid in 2008 totaled $2 million (2007 $138 million) including $3 million (2007 $64 million) in respect of disposals. Tax paid is lower than the current period income tax charge, primarily due to the receipt of refunds in respect of prior years, together with provisions for tax for which no payment of tax has currently been made.
 
Earnings per share
 
Basic earnings per share in 2008 was 91.3 cents, compared with 144.7 cents in 2007. Adjusted earnings per share was 120.9 cents, against 97.2 cents in 2007. Adjusted continuing earnings per share was 117.8 cents up 25.6% from 2007.


44


Table of Contents

Highlights for the year ended December 31, 2008
 
The following is a discussion of the year ended December 31, 2008 compared with the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
Continuing Hotels Results
 
             
  Year ended
  Year ended
    
  December 31,
  December 31,
    
  2008  2007  Change 
  ($ million)  % 
 
Revenue:
            
Americas
  920   902   2.0 
EMEA
  518   492   5.3 
Asia Pacific
  290   260   11.5 
Central
  126   117   7.7 
             
   1,854   1,771   4.7 
             
Operating profit before exceptional operating items:
            
Americas
  451   440   2.5 
EMEA
  171   134   27.6 
Asia Pacific
  68   63   7.9 
Central
  (155)  (163)  4.9 
             
   535   474   12.9 
             
 
Revenue from continuing operations increased by 4.7% to $1,854 million and continuing operating profit before exceptional items increased by 12.9% to $535 million during the 12 months ended December 31, 2008. The growth in revenues was driven by RevPAR gains in EMEA and Asia Pacific, continued expansion in China and the Middle East and the first full year of trading at the re-opened InterContinental London Park Lane. Growth was achieved in all regions in the first three quarters of the year however, the worldwide financial crisis had a significant impact on results in the final quarter. In the fourth quarter, RevPAR declined sharply across the Group falling by 6.5% globally, although the Group’s brands continued to outperform their segments in all key markets. Strong revenue conversion led to a 2.1 percentage point increase in the continuing operating profit margin to 28.9%.
 
Americas
 
Continuing Americas Results
 
             
  Year ended
  Year ended
    
  December 31,
  December 31,
    
  2008  2007  Change 
  ($ million)  % 
 
Revenue:
            
Owned and leased
  257   257    
Managed
  168   156   7.7 
Franchised
  495   489   1.2 
             
   920   902   2.0 
             
Operating profit before exceptional operating items:
            
Owned and leased
  41   40   2.5 
Managed
  51   41   24.4 
Franchised
  426   425   0.2 
             
   518   506   2.4 
Regional overheads
  (67)  (66)  (1.5)
             
Total
  451   440   2.5 
             
 
Revenue and operating profit before exceptional items from continuing operations increased by 2.0% to $920 million and 2.5% to $451 million respectively. Including discontinued operations, revenue decreased by 0.1%


45


Table of Contents

while operating profit before exceptional items increased by 2.0%. Included in these results is the receipt of $13 million liquidated damages for one management contract.
 
As a result of sharp falls in occupancy, RevPAR declined across all ownership types in the fourth quarter. In the full year, the region achieved RevPAR growth across the owned and managed estates, however RevPAR declined marginally across the franchised portfolio. In the United States, for comparable hotels, all brands achieved premiums in RevPAR growth relative to their applicable market segment.
 
Continuing owned and leased revenue remained flat on 2007 at $257 million. Operating profit increased by 2.5% to $41 million. Underlying trading was driven by RevPAR growth of 0.8%, with RevPAR growth in the InterContinental brand of 0.4%. The results were positively impacted by trading at the InterContinental Mark Hopkins, San Francisco, driven by robust RevPAR growth. The InterContinental New York was affected by a downturn in the market as a result of the global financial crisis, adversely impacting revenue and operating profit at the hotel.
 
Managed revenues increased by 7.7% to $168 million during the year, boosted by the receipt of $13 million in liquidated damages for one hotel that had not commenced trading. Excluding these liquidated damages, managed revenues decreased by 0.6% to $155 million. Growth remained strong in the Latin America region, where rate-led RevPAR growth exceeded 15%. Offsetting this was a fall in revenues from hotels in the US, driven by RevPAR declines in the fourth quarter.
 
Managed operating profit increased by 24.4% to $51 million. The $10 million increase in profit principally reflects the $13 million receipt of liquidated damages. Excluding this receipt, the managed estate experienced a $3 million fall in operating profit. While the performance in Latin America resulted in growth in operating profit, this was more than offset by a decline in operating profit in the United States due to a fall in occupancy rates, and a small guarantee payment for a newly opened hotel. Additional revenue investment was made to support operational standards in the region. Total operating profit margin in the managed estate increased by 4.1 percentage points to 30.4%.
 
Results from managed operations include revenues of $88 million (2007 $86 million) and operating profit of $6 million (2007 $6 million) from properties that are structured, for legal reasons, as operating leases but with the same characteristics as management contracts. Excluding the results from these hotels and the $13 million liquidated damages, operating profit margin in the managed estate decreased by 2.2 percentage points to 47.8%.
 
Franchised revenue and operating profit increased by 1.2% to $495 million and 0.2% to $426 million respectively, compared to 2007. The increase was driven by increased royalty fees as a result of net room count growth of 4.6%. Fees associated with signings and conversions declined as a result of lower real estate activity, due to the adverse impact of the global financial crisis, and lower liquidated damages collected on hotels exiting the system.
 
Regional overheads were relatively flat on 2007.


46


Table of Contents

Europe, Middle East and Africa
 
Continuing EMEA Results
 
             
  Year ended
  Year ended
    
  December 31,
  December 31,
    
  2008  2007  Change 
  ($ million)  % 
 
Revenue:
            
Owned and leased
  240   244   (1.6)
Managed
  168   167   0.6 
Franchised
  110   81   35.8 
             
   518   492   5.3 
             
Operating profit before exceptional operating items:
            
Owned and leased
  45   33   36.4 
Managed
  95   87   9.2 
Franchised
  75   58   29.3 
             
   215   178   20.8 
Regional overheads
  (44)  (44)   
             
Total
  171   134   27.6 
             
 
Revenue and operating profit before exceptional items from continuing operations increased by 5.3% to $518 million and 27.6% to $171 million respectively. Including discontinued operations, revenue increased by 1.8% while operating profit before exceptional items increased by 26.7%. Included in these results were liquidated damages of $9 million relating to one management contract and $7 million for a portfolio of franchised hotels settled during the year.
 
During the year, the region achieved RevPAR growth of 3.6% driven by gains across all brands operated under managed and franchise contracts. From a regional perspective, RevPAR growth in the Middle East was extremely strong at 20.2%, while smaller growth was experienced in Continental Europe. The region’s continuing operating profit margin increased by 5.8 percentage points to 33.0%. Excluding the two liquidated damages settlements, the margin on continuing operations grew 3.7 percentage points reflecting economies of scale in the managed business and strong revenue conversion at the InterContinental London Park Lane.
 
In the owned and leased estate, continuing revenue decreased by 1.6% to $240 million as a result of the expiry of a hotel lease in Continental Europe. The InterContinental London Park Lane, which had its first full year of trading since re-opening after refurbishment in 2007, grew strongly in revenues to a market leading position (source: STR). The InterContinental Le Grand Paris experienced tougher trading conditions leading to a RevPAR decline at the hotel. Strong revenue conversion at the InterContinental London Park Lane contributed to the continuing owned and leased operating profit increase of $12 million to $45 million.
 
EMEA managed revenue increased by 0.6% to $168 million and operating profit increased by 9.2% to $95 million, driven by the receipt of $9 million in liquidated damages relating to the renegotiation of a management contract, which remains in the system. Excluding these liquidated damages, revenue and operating profit declined 4.8% and 1.1% respectively in 2008, as a result of mixed trading conditions in the region. Growth in the Middle East continued through the addition of new rooms and strong RevPAR growth of 20.2%. Offsetting this was a reduced contribution from a portfolio of managed hotels in the United Kingdom. A reduction in the fees associated with signing hotels to the pipeline further impacted the operating profit in the region.
 
Franchised revenue and operating profit increased by 35.8% to $110 million and 29.3% to $75 million respectively. The growth was principally driven by room count expansion and RevPAR growth in Continental Europe, with Germany and Russia showing RevPAR growth of 3.9% and 8.6% respectively. The region further benefited from the receipt of $7 million of liquidated damages relating to the removal of a portfolio of Holiday Inn Express hotels in the United Kingdom.


47


Table of Contents

Regional overheads were in line with 2007, with a $2 million increase in costs associated with the new head office offset through further efficiencies in sales and marketing activities.
 
Asia Pacific
 
Continuing Asia Pacific Results
 
             
  Year ended
  Year ended
    
  December 31,
  December 31,
    
  2008  2007  Change 
  ($ million)  % 
 
Revenue:
            
Owned and leased
  159   145   9.7 
Managed
  113   99   14.1 
Franchised
  18   16   12.5 
             
   290   260   11.5 
             
Operating profit before exceptional operating items:
            
Owned and leased
  43   36   19.4 
Managed
  55   46   19.6 
Franchised
  8   6   33.3 
             
   106   88   20.5 
Regional overheads
  (38)  (25)  (52.0)
             
Total
  68   63   7.9 
             
 
Asia Pacific revenue and operating profit before exceptional items increased by 11.5% to $290 million and 7.9% to $68 million respectively.
 
The region achieved strong RevPAR growth across all brands, with the strongest growth in the owned and leased portfolio, and continued its strategic expansion in China. Good profit growth was achieved, although the continuing operating profit margin declined by 0.8 percentage points to 23.4% as a result of further investment to support expansion.
 
In the owned and leased estate, revenue increased by 9.7% to $159 million as RevPAR growth continued at the InterContinental Hong Kong despite a slowdown during the fourth quarter. The hotel’s revenue growth combined with profit margin gains drove the estate’s operating profit growth of 19.4% to $43 million.
 
Managed revenue increased by 14.1% to $113 million as a result of the increased room count in Greater China and comparable RevPAR growth of 10.7% in Beijing boosted by the Olympic period. Further strong growth occurred in South East Asia with RevPAR growth of 9.9% in the region, and the joint venture with All Nippon Airways (“ANA”) further increased revenues. Operating profit increased by 19.6% to $55 million as revenue gains were partially offset by continued infrastructure investment in China and Southern Asia.
 
Franchised revenues increased from $16 million to $18 million driven by the receipt of $4 million of liquidated damages relating to the settlement of one franchise contract in the region. Excluding this receipt, operating profit declined by $2 million, primarily as a result of reduced fee income in India due to the removal of non-brand compliant hotels.
 
After a further $5 million of the previously announced $10 million investment to support the launch of the ANA Crowne Plaza brand in Japan and the non-recurrence of a $2 million favourable legal settlement in 2007, Asia Pacific regional overheads increased by $6 million to support the rapid growth in the region.


48


Table of Contents

Central
 
             
  Year ended
  Year ended
    
  December 31,
  December 31,
    
  2008  2007  Change 
  ($ million)  % 
 
Revenue
  126   117   7.7 
Gross central costs
  (281)  (280)  (0.4)
             
Net central costs
  (155)  (163)  4.9 
             
 
During 2008, net central costs reduced by 4.9% from $163 million to $155 million due to the receipt of a favourable $3 million insurance settlement and the impact of weaker sterling.
 
System Funds
 
             
  Year ended
  Year ended
    
  December 31,
  December 31,
    
  2008  2007  Change 
  ($ million)  % 
 
Assessments
  990   930   6.5 
             
 
Hotels operated under the Group’s brands are, pursuant to terms within their contracts, subject to cash assessments for brand marketing, reservations systems and Priority Club membership stays. These assessments, typically based upon room revenue, are pooled within the system funds for the collective benefit of all hotels by brand or geography. The assessments are used for revenue generating activities including the costs of call centers, frequency program points, websites, sales teams, advertising and brand development and affiliate marketing programs.
 
The Group acts on behalf of hotel owners with regard to the funds and all assessments are designated for specific purposes and result in no profit for the Group. Accordingly, the revenues, expenses and cash flows of the funds are not included in the Consolidated income statement or Consolidated cash flow statement. The funds are planned to operate at break even with any short-term timing surplus or deficit carried on IHG’s balance sheet within working capital. The Owner’s Association, the IAHI, endorses the budgeted spend of the funds and provides a governance overview of the operation of the funds.
 
In the year to December 31, 2008, system fund assessments increased by 6.5% to $990 million primarily as a result of the growth in system size and affiliate marketing programs.
 
Highlights for the year ended December 31, 2007
 
The following is a discussion of the year ended December 31, 2007 compared with the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
Group results
 
Revenue from continuing operations increased by 22.5% to $1,771 million and continuing operating profit increased by 29.2% to $474 million during the year ended December 31, 2007. The growth was driven by strong underlying RevPAR gains across all regions, hotel expansion in key markets and profit uplift from owned and leased assets. Furthermore, strong revenue conversion led to a 1.4 percentage point increase in continuing operating profit margins to 26.8%.
 
Americas
 
Revenue and operating profit from continuing operations increased by 15.9% to $902 million and 11.4% to $440 million respectively.
 
The region achieved healthy RevPAR growth across all ownership types and RevPAR premiums to the US market segments for hotels operating under the InterContinental, Crowne Plaza, Holiday Inn and Holiday Inn


49


Table of Contents

Express brands. During the fourth quarter, consistent with the US market, the region was impacted by a marginal softening in RevPAR growth due to a slight decline in occupancy levels.
 
Continuing owned and leased revenue increased by 33.9% to $257 million and operating profit increased by 81.8% to $40 million. Positive underlying trading was driven by RevPAR growth of 9.7%, led by the InterContinental brand with growth of 10.6%. The results were favorably impacted by trading performance at the InterContinental Boston which became fully operational during the first half of the year(year-on-yearprofit increase of $11 million) and trading at the InterContinental New York where robust market conditions lifted average occupancy levels to over 90%.
 
Managed revenues increased by 9.1% to $156 million during the year, driven by strong RevPAR growth, particularly in Latin America where rate-led RevPAR growth exceeded 20%. Robust brand performance resulted in RevPAR growth premiums, compared to respective US market segments, for InterContinental, Crowne Plaza and Holiday Inn. Growth in the extended stay segment was impacted by an increase in market supply. Managed revenues included $86 million (2006 $80 million) from properties that are structured, for legal reasons, as operating leases but with the same characteristics as management contracts.
 
Managed operating profit decreased by 18.0% to $41 million, including $6 million (2006 $9 million) from managed properties held as operating leases. The decline in profit principally reflects increased revenue investment to support growth in contract signings, the impact of fewer hotels under management contracts following the restructuring of the FelCor agreement in 2006, foreign exchange losses in Latin America and lower ancillary revenues together with higher costs at one of the hotels held as an operating lease. These items reduced operating profit margins in the managed estate by 8.7 percentage points to 26.3% and reduced continuing operating profit margins in the region by 2.0 percentage points to 48.8%.
 
Franchised revenue and operating profit increased by 10.4% to $489 million and 11.3% to $425 million respectively, compared to 2006. The increase was driven by RevPAR growth of 5.8%, net room count growth of 4.0% and fees associated with growth in signings.
 
Regional overheads were affected positively in 2006 by lower claims in the Group-funded employee healthcare program. Excluding this, regional overheads were in line with the prior period.
 
Europe, Middle East and Africa
 
Revenue and operating profit from continuing operations increased by 35.5% to $492 million and 94.2% to $134 million, respectively.
 
During the year, the region achieved RevPAR growth of 8.6% driven by substantial gains across all brands and ownership types. From a regional perspective, RevPAR levels benefited from the positive market conditions in the Middle East, France and the United Kingdom. The region’s continuing operating profit margins increased by 8.2 percentage points to 27.2% as a result of improved revenue conversion in the owned and leased portfolio and increased scalability in the franchised operations.
 
In the owned and leased estate, continuing revenue increased by 44.4% to $244 million as a result of trading at the InterContinental London Park Lane which became fully operational during the first half of 2007, together with strong rate-led RevPAR growth at the InterContinental Paris Le Grand. Effective revenue conversion led to an increase in continuing operating profit of $40 million to $33 million, including operating profit growth of $27 million at the InterContinental London Park Lane.
 
EMEA managed revenues increased by 27.5% to $167 million and operating profit increased by 27.9% to $87 million. The growth was driven by management contracts negotiated in 2006 as part of the hotel disposal program in Europe and strong underlying trading in markets such as the Middle East, the United Kingdom, Spain and Russia.
 
Franchised revenue and operating profit increased by 28.6% to $81 million and 31.8% to $58 million respectively. The growth was principally driven by RevPAR gains and room count expansion in the United Kingdom and Continental Europe.


50


Table of Contents

Asia Pacific
 
Asia Pacific revenue increased by 27.5% to $260 million whilst operating profit increased by 21.2% to $63 million.
 
The region achieved strong RevPAR growth across all brands and ownership types and continued its strategic expansion in China and Japan. Strong growth in total profit was achieved; however, revenue conversion was impacted by continued investment to support expansion, resulting in a 1.3 percentage point reduction in operating profit margins to 24.2%.
 
In the owned and leased estate, revenue increased by 10.7% to $145 million due to the combined impact of strong room and food and beverage trading at the InterContinental Hong Kong, despite the impact of renovation works throughout a significant part of the year. The hotel’s revenue growth combined with profit margin gains drove the estate’s operating profit growth of 16.1% to $36 million.
 
Managed revenues increased by 52.3% to $99 million as a result of the full year contribution from the hotels which joined the system in 2006 as part of the IHG ANA joint venture in Japan, continued organic expansion in China and solid RevPAR growth across Southern Asia and Australia. Operating profit increased by 17.9% to $46 million as revenue gains were offset by integration and ongoing costs associated with the ANA joint venture and continued infrastructure investment in China.
 
Franchised revenues doubled from $8 million to $16 million, primarily driven by hotels in the IHG ANA joint venture. Similar to the managed operations, growth in profitability was impacted by ANA integration and ongoing costs.
 
Regional overheads increased by $2 million to $25 million primarily as a result of investments in technology and corporate infrastructure in China and Japan and included the favourable impact of a legal settlement.
 
Central
 
During 2007, net central costs increased by $14 million to $163 million.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
Sources of Liquidity
 
The Group is financed by a $2.1 billion Syndicated Facility of which $0.5 billion expires in November 2010 and $1.6 billion expires in May 2013. Short-term borrowing requirements are met from drawings under bilateral bank facilities.
 
At December 31, 2008, gross debt was $1,355 million. The currency denomination of gross debt, after derivative transactions, was $152 million of sterling denominated borrowings, $224 million of euro denominated borrowings, $889 million of US dollar denominated borrowings and $90 million of borrowings denominated in other currencies mainly Hong Kong dollars.
 
At December 31, 2008, committed bank facilities amounted to $2,107 million of which $946 million were unutilized. Uncommitted facilities totaled $25 million. In the Group’s opinion, the available facilities are sufficient for the Group’s present requirements.
 
The Group also held short-term deposits and investments at December 31, 2008 amounting to $82 million. Credit risk on treasury transactions is minimized by operating a policy on investment of surplus funds that generally restricts counterparties to those with an A credit rating or better or those providing adequate security. Limits are also set on the amounts invested with individual counterparties. Notwithstanding that counterparties must have an A credit rating or better, during periods of significant financial market turmoil, counterparty exposure limits are significantly reduced and counterparty credit exposure reviews are broadened to include the relative placing of credit default swap pricings. Most of the Group’s surplus funds are held in the United Kingdom or United States and there are no material funds where repatriation is restricted as a result of foreign exchange regulations.
 
The Group is in compliance with all of the financial covenants in its loan documents, none of which is expected to present a material restriction on funding in the near future.
 
Details of exchange and interest rate risk and financial instruments are disclosed in “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk”.


51


Table of Contents

 
Cash From Operating Activities
 
Net cash from operating activities totaled $641 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 (2007 $465 million).
 
Cash flow from operating activities is the principal source of cash used to fund the ongoing operating expenses, interest payments, maintenance capital expenditure and dividend payments of the Group. The Group believes that the requirements of its existing business and future investment can be met from cash generated internally, disposition of assets and businesses and external finance expected to be available to it.
 
Cash From Investing Activities
 
Net cash outflows from investing activities totaled $25 million (2007 $39 million) comprising proceeds (net of tax paid) from the disposal of hotels and investments of $83 million (2007 $147 million) and capital expenditure of $108 million (2007 $186 million).
 
Cash Used in Financing Activities
 
Net cash used in financing activities totaled $591 million (2007 $663 million). Cash outflows associated with shareholder returns in 2008 totaled $257 million and included $139 million of share repurchases. Borrowings decreased by $316 million.
 
As of December 31, 2008, the Group had committed contractual capital expenditure of $40 million. Contracts for expenditure on fixed assets are not authorized by the directors on an annual basis, as divisional capital expenditure is controlled by cash flow budgets. Authorization of major projects occurs shortly before contracts are placed.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
As at December 31, 2008, the Group had no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on the Group’s financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that is material to investors.
 
Contractual Obligations
 
The Group had the following contractual obligations outstanding as of December 31, 2008:
 
                     
  Total amounts
  Less than
        After
 
  committed  1 year  1-3 Years  3-5 years  5 years 
  ($ million) 
 
Long-term debt(i)
  1,153   5   502   646    
Finance lease obligations(ii)
  3,460   16   32   32   3,380 
Operating lease obligations
  548   56   97   73   322 
Agreed pension scheme contributions
  28   28          
Capital contracts placed
  40   40          
                     
   5,229   145   631   751   3,702 
                     
 
 
(i)Repayment period classified according to the related facility maturity date.
 
(ii)Represents the minimum lease payments related to the 99 year lease on the InterContinental Boston.
 
In limited cases, the Group may provide performance guarantees to third-party owners to secure management contracts. The maximum exposure under such guarantees was $249 million at December 31, 2008 (2007 $243 million). It is the view of the Directors that, other than to the extent that liabilities have been provided for in the Consolidated Financial Statements, such guarantees are not expected to result in material financial loss to the Group.
 
As of December 31, 2008, the Group had outstanding letters of credit of $42 million (2007 $62 million) mainly relating to self-insurance programs.


52


Table of Contents

The Group may guarantee loans made to facilitate third-party ownership of hotels in which the Group has an equity interest and also a management contract. As of December 31, 2008, the Group was a guarantor of loans which could amount to a maximum exposure of $46 million (2007 $49 million).
 
The Group has given warranties in respect of the disposal of certain of its former subsidiaries and hotels. It is the view of the Directors that, other than to the extent that liabilities have been provided for in the Consolidated Financial Statements, such warranties are not expected to result in material financial loss to the Group.
 
Pension Plan Commitments
 
The Group operates the following material defined benefits plans: the InterContinental Hotels UK Pension Plan and, in the United States, the InterContinental Hotels Pension Plan and the InterContinental Hotels non-qualified plans.
 
The InterContinental Hotels UK Pension Plan was established with effect from April 1, 2003. On an IAS 19 “Employee Benefits” basis, at December 31, 2008 the Plan had a surplus of $37 million. The defined benefits section of this Plan is generally closed to new members. In addition, there are unfunded UK pension arrangements for certain members affected by the lifetime allowance; at December 31, 2008, these arrangements had an IAS 19 deficit of $34 million. In 2009, the Group expects to make regular contributions to the UK pension plan of £6 million. In addition, the Group funded the payment of enhanced transfer values to certain deferred members at a cost of £10 million on January 23, 2009.
 
The US-based plans are closed to new members and pensionable service no longer accrues for current employee members. On an IAS 19 basis, at December 31, 2008 the plans had a combined deficit of $75 million. In 2009, the Group expects to make regular contributions to these plans of $4 million.
 
The Group is exposed to the funding risks in relation to the defined benefit sections of the InterContinental Hotels UK Pension Plan and the US-based InterContinental Hotels Pension Plan, as explained in “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors”.
 
ITEM 6.  DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES
 
DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT
 
Overall strategic direction of the Group is provided by the board of directors, comprising executive and non-executive directors, and by members of the executive committee.
 
The directors and officers of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC as at March 23, 2009 are:
 
Directors
 
           
    Initially
  Date of next
 
    appointed to
  reappointment
 
Name
 
Title
 the board  by shareholders(4) 
 
Andrew Cosslett
 Director and Chief Executive  2005   2011 
David Kappler(1)
 Director and Senior Independent Director  2004   2011 
Ralph Kugler(1)
 Director  2003   2011 
Jennifer Laing(1)(2)
 Director  2005   2009 
Jonathan Linen(1)(2)
 Director  2005   2009 
Richard Solomons(3)
 Director and Finance Director  2003   2009 
David Webster
 Director and Chairman  2003   2010 
Ying Yeh(1)(4)
 Director  2007   2011 
 
 
(1)Non-executive independent director.
 
(2)Required, under the Company’s Articles of Association, to stand for re-election at the 2009 Annual General Meeting.
 
(3)Standing for re-election at the 2009 Annual General Meeting on a voluntary basis.
 
(4)Under the Company’s Articles of Association.


53


Table of Contents

 
Officers
 
       
    Initially appointed
 
Name
 
Title
 to position 
 
Jim Abrahamson
 President, The Americas  2009 
Tom Conophy
 Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer  2006 
Peter Gowers
 President, Asia Pacific  2007 
Kirk Kinsell
 President, EMEA  2007 
Tracy Robbins
 Executive Vice President, Global Human Resources  2005 
Tom Seddon
 Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer  2007 
George Turner
 Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Company Secretary  2009 
 
Former Directors and Officers
 
Robert C Larson served as a Non-Executive Director from 2003 until December 2008. Sir David Prosser served a Non-Executive Director from 2003 until May 2008. Stevan Porter served as a Director and President, The Americas from 2003 until August 2008. Richard Winter, a senior employee of the Company, served as Executive Vice President, Corporate Services, General Counsel and Company Secretary from 2003 until December 2008.
 
Directors and Officers
 
David Webster, Non-Executive Chairman
 
Appointed Deputy Chairman and Senior Independent Director of InterContinental Hotels Group on the separation of Six Continents PLC in April 2003. Appointed Non-Executive Chairman on January 1, 2004. Also Non-Executive Chairman of Makinson Cowell Limited, a capital markets advisory firm, and a member of the Appeals Committee of the Panel on Takeovers and Mergers and a Director of Temple Bar Investment Trust PLC. Formerly Chairman of Safeway plc and a Non-Executive Director of Reed Elsevier PLC. Chairman of the Nomination Committee. Age 64.
 
Andrew Cosslett, Chief Executive
 
Appointed Chief Executive in February 2005, joining the Group from Cadbury Schweppes plc where he was most recently President, Europe, Middle East & Africa. During his career at Cadbury Schweppes he held a variety of senior regional management and marketing roles in the UK and Asia Pacific. Also has over 11 years’ experience in brand marketing with Unilever. A member of the Executive Committee of the World Travel and Tourism Council and a member of the President’s Committee of the CBI. Age 53.
 
Richard Solomons, Finance Director
 
Qualified as a chartered accountant in 1985, followed by seven years in investment banking, based in London and New York. Joined the Group in 1992 and held a variety of senior finance and operational roles. Appointed Finance Director of the Hotels business in October 2002 in anticipation of the separation of Six Continents PLC in April 2003. Assumed the role of interim President of the Americas region from July 2008, following the illness and subsequent untimely death of Stevan Porter, until the appointment of Jim Abrahamson in January 2009. Responsible for corporate and regional finance, Group financial control, strategy, investor relations, tax, treasury and internal audit. Age 47.
 
 
David Kappler, Senior Independent Non-Executive Director
 
Appointed a Director and Senior Independent Director in June 2004. Non-Executive Chairman of Premier Foods plc and a Non-Executive Director of Shire plc. A qualified accountant and formerly Chief Financial Officer


54


Table of Contents

of Cadbury Schweppes plc until April 2004. Also served as a Non-Executive Director of Camelot Group plc and of HMV Group plc. Chairman of the Audit Committee. Age 61.
 
Ralph Kugler, Non-Executive Director
 
Appointed a Director in April 2003, was President, Unilever Home and Personal Care, and served on the boards of Unilever PLC and Unilever NV until May 2008. Held a variety of senior positions globally for Unilever and has experience of regional management in Asia, Latin America and Europe, with over 25 years’ experience of general management and brand marketing. Chairman of the Remuneration Committee. Age 53.
 
Jennifer Laing, Non-Executive Director
 
Appointed a Director in August 2005, she was Associate Dean, External Relations at London Business School, until 2007. A fellow of the Marketing Society and of the Institute of Practitioners in Advertising, she has over 30 years’ experience in advertising including 16 years with Saatchi & Saatchi, to whom she sold her own agency. Also serves as a Non-Executive Director of Hudson Highland Group Inc., a US human resources company. Age 62.
 
Jonathan Linen, Non-Executive Director
 
Appointed a Director in December 2005, he was formerly Vice Chairman of the American Express Company, having held a range of senior positions throughout his career of over 35 years with American Express. Also serves as a Non-Executive Director of Yum! Brands, Inc. and of Modern Bank N.A., a US private banking company. He also serves on a number of US Councils and advisory boards. Age 65.
 
Ying Yeh, Non-Executive Director
 
Appointed a Director in December 2007, she is Chairman and President, North Asia Region, President, Business Development, Asia Pacific Region and Vice President, Eastman Kodak Company. Also a Non-Executive Director of AB Volvo. Prior to joining Kodak in 1997 she was, for 15 years, a diplomat with the US Foreign Service in Hong Kong and Beijing. Age 60.
 
Other members of the Executive Committee
 
Jim Abrahamson, President, The Americas
 
Has over 30 years’ experience in hotel operations, branding, development and franchise relations. Joined the Group in January 2009 from Global Hyatt Corporation, where he served as Head of Development, the Americas, with responsibility for development of all the Hyatt brands in the region, and playing a key part in Global Hyatt’s entry into new markets and segments. Previously senior Vice President, Hilton Hotels Corporation for 12 years. Responsible for the business development and performance of all the hotel brands and properties in the Americas’ region. Age 53.
 
Tom Conophy, Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer
 
Has over 27 years’ experience in the IT industry, including management and development of new technology solutions within the travel and hospitality business. Joined the Group in February 2006 from Starwood Hotels & Resorts International where he held the position of Executive Vice President & Chief Technology Officer. Responsible for global technology, including IT systems and information management throughout the Group. Age 48.
 
Peter Gowers, President, Asia Pacific
 
Joined the Group in 1999. Following appointments as Executive Vice President, Global Brand Services in 2003, and as Chief Marketing Officer in 2005, he was appointed President, Asia Pacific in November 2007. Now has responsibility for the business development and performance of all the hotel brands and properties in the Asia Pacific region. Has previous international experience in management consultancy, based in London and Singapore. Age 36.


55


Table of Contents

Kirk Kinsell, President, EMEA
 
Has over 26 years’ experience in the hospitality industry, including senior franchise positions with Holiday Inn Corporation and ITT Sheraton, prior to joining the Group in 2002 as Senior Vice President, Chief Development Officer for the Americas region. Became President, EMEA in September 2007. Responsible for the business development and performance of all the hotel brands and properties in the EMEA region. Age 54.
 
Tracy Robbins, Executive Vice President, Global Human Resources
 
Has over 23 years’ experience in line and HR roles in service industries. Joined the Group in December 2005 from Compass Group PLC, a world leading food service company, where she was Group Human Resources Leadership & Development Director. Previously Group HR Director for Forte Hotels Group. Responsible for global talent management and leadership development, reward strategy and implementation. Age 45.
 
Tom Seddon, Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer
 
Has over 16 years’ experience in sales and marketing in the hospitality industry, including with IHG’s predecessor parent companies from 1994 to 2004. Rejoined the Group in November 2007, from restaurant business SUBWAY®where he was responsible for worldwide sales and marketing activities. Has responsibility for worldwide brand management; reservations,e-commerce,global sales, relationship and distribution marketing and loyalty programs and corporate responsibility. Age 40.
 
George Turner, Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Company Secretary
 
Solicitor, qualified to private practice in 1995, and has 12 years’ corporate and commercial law experience with Imperial Chemical Industries PLC, where he was most recently Deputy Company Secretary. Joined the Group in September 2008, and became Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Company Secretary on January 1, 2009. Responsible for corporate governance, risk management, insurance, data privacy, company secretariat and the global and regional legal teams. Age 38.
 
There are no family relationships between any of the persons named above.
 
There are no arrangements or understandings with major shareholders, customers, suppliers or others, pursuant to which any person named above was selected as a director or member of senior management.
 
COMPENSATION
 
In fiscal 2008, the aggregate compensation (including pension contributions, bonus and awards under the long term incentive plans) of the directors and officers of the Company was $31.9 million. The aggregate amount set aside or accrued by the Company in fiscal 2008 to provide pension retirement or similar benefits for those individuals was $0.9 million. An amount of $12.8 million was charged in fiscal 2008 in respect of bonuses payable to them under performance related cash bonus schemes and long term incentive plans.
 
Note 3 of Notes to the Financial Statements sets out the individual compensation of the directors. The following are details of the Company’s principal share schemes, in which the directors of the Company participated during the period.
 
Share Plans
 
Under the terms of the Separation, holders of options under the Six Continents Executive Share Option Schemes were given the opportunity to exchange their Six Continents options for equivalent value new options over IHG PLC shares. At December 31, 2008 there were 2,424,605 such options outstanding.
 
Annual Bonus Plan
 
The IHG Annual Bonus Plan (ABP), enables eligible employees, including Executive Directors, to receive all or part of their bonus in the form of shares together with, in certain cases, a matching award of free shares up to half the deferred amount. The bonus and matching shares in the 2004 and 2005 plans were deferred and released in three


56


Table of Contents

equal tranches on the first, second and third anniversaries of the award date. The bonus and matching shares in the 2006 and 2007 plans will be released on the third anniversary of the award date. Under the 2006 and 2007 plans a percentage of the award (Board members — 100% (2006 80%); other eligible employees — 50%) had to be taken in shares and deferred. Under the 2008 plan, half of any bonus earned is deferred in the form of shares for three years. No matching shares are awarded by the Company.
 
Participants may defer the remaining amount on the same terms or take it in cash. The awards in all of the plans are conditional on the participants remaining in the employment of a participating company. Participation in the ABP is at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee. The number of shares is calculated by dividing a specific percentage of the participant’s annual performance related bonus by the middle market quoted prices on the three consecutive dealing days immediately preceding the date of grant. A number of executives participated in the plan during the year and conditional rights over 661,657 shares were awarded to participants.
 
Long Term Incentive Plan
 
The Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) allows Executive Directors and eligible employees to receive share awards, subject to the satisfaction of a performance condition, set by the Remuneration Committee, which is normally measured over a three year period. Awards are normally made annually and, except in exceptional circumstances, will not exceed three times salary for Executive Directors and four times salary in the case of other eligible employees. During the year, conditional rights over 5,060,509 shares were awarded to employees under the plan. The plan provides for the grant of ‘nil cost options’ to participate as an alternative to conditional share awards.
 
Executive Share Option Plan
 
For options granted, the option price is not less than the market value of an ordinary share, or the nominal value if higher. The market value is the quoted price on the business day preceding the date of grant, or the average of the middle market quoted prices on the three consecutive dealing days immediately preceding the date of the grant. A performance condition has to be met before options can be exercised. The performance condition is set by the Remuneration Committee. The plan was not operated during 2008 and no options were granted in the year under the plan. The latest date that any options may be exercised is April 2015.
 
Sharesave Plan
 
The Sharesave Plan is a savings plan whereby employees contract to save a fixed amount each month with a savings institution for three or five years. At the end of the savings term, employees are given the option to purchase shares at a price set before savings began. The Sharesave Plan is available to all UK employees (including Executive Directors) employed by participating Group companies provided that they have been employed for at least one year. The plan provides for the grant of options to subscribe for ordinary shares at the higher of nominal value and not less than 80% of the middle market quotations of the ordinary shares on the three dealing days immediately preceding the invitation date. The plan was not operated during 2008 and no options were granted in the year under the plan. The latest date that any options may be exercised under the five-year plan is February 28, 2010.
 
Options and Ordinary Shares held by Directors
 
Details of the directors’ interests in the Company’s shares are set out on page 61 and pages F-37 to F-39.
 
BOARD PRACTICES
 
Contracts of Service
 
The Remuneration Committee’s policy is for Executive Directors to have rolling contracts with a notice period of 12 months.
 
Andrew Cosslett and Richard Solomons have service agreements with a notice period of 12 months. All new appointments are intended to have12-monthnotice periods. However, on occasion, to complete an external recruitment successfully, a longer initial period reducing to 12 months may be used.


57


Table of Contents

David Webster’s appointment as non-executive Chairman, effective from January 1, 2004, is subject to six months’ notice.
 
Non-executive directors, Ralph Kugler, Robert C Larson and Sir David Prosser signed letters of appointment effective from the listing of IHG in April 2003. These were renewed, effective from completion of the capital reorganization of the Company and the listing of new IHG shares on June 27, 2005. David Kappler signed a letter of appointment effective from his date of original appointment to the Board on June 21, 2004. This was also renewed, effective from June 27, 2005. Jennifer Laing and Jonathan Linen signed letters of appointment effective from their appointment dates, respectively August 25, 2005 and December 1, 2005. Ying Yeh signed a letter of appointment effective from her appointment date of December 1, 2007.
 
Directors’ Contracts
 
         
  Contract
  Unexpired term/
 
Directors
 date  notice period 
 
Andrew Cosslett
  2.3.05   12 months 
Stevan Porter
  4.15.03   n/a(1)
Richard Solomons
  4.15.03   12 months 
 
 
(1)Stevan Porter passed away on August 7, 2008.
 
Each of the Executive Directors signed a letter of appointment, effective from completion of the capital reorganization of the Company and the listing of new IHG shares on June 27, 2005. The terms of each appointment were as set out in each executive director’s original service agreement.
 
See Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for details of directors’ service contracts.
 
Payments on Termination
 
No provisions for compensation for termination following change of control, or for liquidated damages of any kind, are included in the current directors’ contracts. In the event of any early termination of an executive director’s contract the policy is to seek to minimize any liability.
 
Upon retirement, and under certain other specified circumstances on termination of his employment, a director will become eligible to receive benefit from his participation in a Company pension plan. See Note 3 of Notes to the Financial Statements for details of directors’ pension entitlements at December 31, 2008.
 
Committees
 
Each Committee of the Board has written terms of reference which have been approved by the Board and which are subject to review each year.
 
Executive Committee
 
The Executive Committee is chaired by the Chief Executive. It consists of the executive directors and senior executives from the Group and the regions and usually meets monthly. Its role is to consider and manage a range of important strategic and business issues facing the Group. It is responsible for monitoring the performance of the business. It is authorized to approve capital and revenue investment within levels agreed by the Board. It reviews and recommends to the Board the most significant investment proposals.
 
Audit Committee
 
The Audit Committee is chaired by David Kappler who has significant recent and relevant financial experience and is the Committee’s financial expert. During 2008, the other Audit Committee members were Sir David Prosser (until his retirement on May 31, 2008), Ralph Kugler and Jennifer Laing. All Audit Committee members are independent. The Audit Committee is scheduled to meet at least four times a year and met five times in 2008.


58


Table of Contents

The Audit Committee’s principal responsibilities are to:
 
  • review the Group’s public statements on internal control and corporate governance compliance prior to their consideration by the Board;
 
  • review the Group’s processes for detecting and addressing fraud, misconduct and control weaknesses and to consider the response to any such occurrence, including overseeing the process enabling the anonymous submission of concerns;
 
  • review reports from management, internal audit and external audit concerning the effectiveness of internal control, financial reporting and risk management processes;
 
  • review with management and the external auditor any financial statements required under UK or US legislation before submission to the Board;
 
  • establish, review and maintain the role and effectiveness of the internal audit function, including overseeing the appointment of the Head of Internal Audit;
 
  • assume responsibility for the appointment, compensation, resignation, dismissal and the overseeing of the external auditor, including review of the external audit, its cost and effectiveness;
 
  • pre-approve non-audit work to be carried out by the external auditor and the fees to be paid for that work along with the monitoring of the external auditor’s independence; and
 
  • oversee the Group’s Code of Ethics and Business Conduct and associated procedures for monitoring adherence.
 
The Audit Committee discharges its responsibilities through a series of Committee meetings during the year at which detailed reports are presented for review. The Audit Committee commissions reports, either from external advisers, the Head of Internal Audit, or Group management, after consideration of the major risks to the Group or in response to developing issues. The Finance Director attends its meetings as do the external auditor and the Head of Internal Audit, both of whom have the opportunity to meet privately with the Audit Committee, in the absence of Group management, at the conclusion of each meeting.
 
All proposals for the provision of non-audit services by the external auditor are pre-approved by the Audit Committee or its delegated member, the overriding consideration being to ensure that the provision of non-audit services does not impact the external auditors independence and objectivity.
 
Remuneration Committee
 
The Remuneration Committee, chaired by Sir David Prosser, until his retirement on May 31, 2008 and thereafter by Ralph Kugler, also comprises the following Non-Executive, directors: David Kappler, Robert C Larson (until his retirement on December 31, 2008), Jonathan Linen and Ying Yeh. It meets at least three times a year and met four times in 2008. The Remuneration Committee advises the Board on overall remuneration policy. The Remuneration Committee also determines, on behalf of the Board, and with the benefit of advice from external consultants and members of the Human Resources department, the remuneration packages of the executive directors and other members of the Executive Committee. No member of the Remuneration Committee has any personal financial interest, other than as a shareholder, in the matters to be decided by the Remuneration Committee.
 
Nomination Committee
 
The Nomination Committee comprises any three Non-Executive Directors although, where possible, all Non-Executive Directors are present. It is chaired by the Chairman of the Company. Its terms of reference reflect the principal duties proposed as good practice and referred to in the Combined Code. The Committee nominates, for approval by the Board, candidates for appointment to the Board. The Nomination Committee generally engages external consultants to advise on candidates for Board appointments. Candidate profiles and objective selection criteria are prepared in advance of any engagements. The Nomination Committee also has responsibility for succession planning and assists in identifying and developing the role of the Senior Independent Director. The Nomination Committee met five times during the year.


59


Table of Contents

Corporate Responsibility Committee
 
In December 2008 it was proposed to establish an additional Committee of the Board, to advise on matters relating to the important area of corporate responsibility. This new Committee was established in February 2009.
 
Disclosure Committee
 
The Disclosure Committee, chaired by the Group’s Financial Controller, and comprising the Company Secretary and other senior executives, reports to the Chief Executive and the Finance Director, and to the Audit Committee. Its duties include ensuring that information required to be disclosed in reports pursuant to UK and US accounting, statutory or listing requirements, fairly represents the Group’s position in all material respects.
 
General Purposes Committee
 
The General Purposes Committee comprises any one Executive Committee member together with a senior officer from an agreed and restricted list of senior executives. It is always chaired by an Executive Committee member. It attends to business of a routine nature and to the administration of matters, the principles of which have been agreed previously by the Board or an appropriate committee.
 
A description of the significant ways in which the Company’s actual corporate governance practices differ from the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance requirements followed by US companies can be found on page 77.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
The Group employed an average of 8,334 people worldwide in the year ended December 31, 2008. Of these, approximately 94% were employed on a full-time basis and 6% were employed on a part-time basis.
 
The table below analyzes the distribution of the average number of employees for the last three fiscal periods by division and by geographic region.
 
                     
  
EMEA
  Americas  Asia Pacific  Central  Total 
 
2008
  2,012   3,570   1,481   1,271   8,334 
                     
2007
  2,249   3,761   1,514   1,150   8,674 
                     
2006
  3,940   3,771   1,252   1,023   9,986 
                     
 
The costs of the above employees are borne by the Group. In addition, the Group employs 4,037 (2007 3,695, 2006 3,543) people who work in managed hotels or directly on behalf of the system funds and whose costs of $235 million (2007 $216 million, 2006 $198 million) are borne by those hotels or by the funds.
 
Under EU law, many employees of Group companies are now covered by the Working Time Regulations which came into force in the United Kingdom on October 1, 1998. These regulations implemented the European Working Time Directive and parts of the Young Workers Directive, and lay down rights and protections for employees in areas such as maximum working hours, minimum rest time, minimum days off and paid leave.
 
In the United Kingdom there is in place a national minimum wage under the National Minimum Wage Act. At December 31, 2008, the minimum wage for individuals between 18 and under the age of 22 was £4.77 per hour and £5.73 per hour for individuals age 22 and above. This particularly impacts businesses in the hospitality and retailing sectors. Compliance with the National Minimum Wage Act is being monitored by the Low Pay Commission, an independent statutory body established by the UK Government.
 
Less than 5% of the Group’s UK employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements with trade unions.
 
Continual attention is paid to the external market in order to ensure that terms of employment are appropriate. The Group believes the Group companies will be able to conduct their relationships with trade unions and employees in a satisfactory manner.


60


Table of Contents

 
SHARE OWNERSHIP
 
The interests of the directors and officers of the Group at March 23, 2009 were as follows:
 
         
  Ordinary shares
  % of shares
 
  of 1329/47pence  outstanding 
 
Directors
        
Andrew Cosslett
  359,927   0.13 
David Kappler
  1,400   N/A 
Ralph Kugler
  1,169   N/A 
Jennifer Laing
  3,373   N/A 
Jonathan Linen(1)
  7,343   N/A 
Richard Solomons
  322,743   0.11 
David Webster
  32,839   0.01 
Ying Yeh
  Nil   N/A 
Officers
        
Jim Abrahamson
  Nil   N/A 
Tom Conophy
  79,140   0.03 
Peter Gowers
  226,771   0.08 
Kirk Kinsell
  74,187(2)  0.03 
Tracy Robbins
  68,035   0.02 
Tom Seddon
  39,452(3)  0.01 
George Turner
  Nil   N/A 
 
 
(1)Held in the form of American Depositary Shares (ADS).
 
(2) 637 of which are held as ADSs.
 
(3) 24,000 of which are held as ADSs.
 
The above shareholdings are all beneficial interests. The percentage of ordinary share capital owned by each of the directors is negligible.
 
The directors’ interests as at December 31, 2008 in options to subscribe for shares in InterContinental Hotels Group PLC are set out onpage F-39.
 
The directors do not have different voting rights from other shareholders of the Company.


61


Table of Contents

ITEM 7.  MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS
 
As far as is known to management, IHG is not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by another corporation or by any government. As at the dates shown, and under the provisions of the Companies Act, the Company has been advised of the following interests in its shares, being greater than 3% of its issued share capital:
 
                         
  March 23, 2009  March 14, 2008  March 16, 2007 
  Number of
  Percent
  Number of
  Percent
  Number of
  Percent
 
Identity of person or group
 shares/ADSs  of class  shares/ADSs  of class  shares/ADSs  of class 
 
Ellerman Corporation Limited
  29,921,742   10.00%  29,921,742   10.00%  25,286,950   7.13%
Morgan Stanley Investment Management Limited
  16,494,690   5.60%  16,494,690   5.60%  N/A   N/A 
Cedar Rock Capital Limited
  14,923,417   5.07%  14,923,417   5.07%  N/A   N/A 
Morgan Stanley Institutional Securities Group & Global Wealth Management
  N/A   N/A   13,551,634   4.60%  N/A   N/A 
Legal & General Group Plc
  11,416,590   3.99%  12,179,257   4.09%  11,927,715   3.37%
Lloyds TSB Group Plc*
  13,619,563   3.84%  13,619,563   3.84%  13,619,563   3.84%
 
 
*Now called Lloyds Banking Group plc.
 
The Company’s major shareholders do not have different voting rights from other shareholders of the Company. The Company does not know of any arrangements the operation of which may result in a change in its control.
 
As of March 23, 2009, 11,002,934 ADSs equivalent to 11,002,934 ordinary shares, or approximately 3.85% of the total ordinary shares in issue, were outstanding and were held by 1,009 holders. Since certain ordinary shares are registered in the names of nominees, the number of shareholders of record may not be representative of the number of beneficial owners.
 
As of March 23, 2009, there were a total of 62,678 record holders of ordinary shares, of whom 325 had registered addresses in the United States and held a total of 1,306,703 ordinary shares (0.46% of the total issued).
 
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
The Company has not entered into any related party transactions or loans for the period beginning January 1, 2008 up to March 23, 2009.
 
ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
Financial Statements
 
See “Item 18. Financial Statements”.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
Group companies have extensive operations in the United Kingdom, as well as internationally, and are involved in a number of legal and arbitration proceedings incidental to those operations. It is the Company’s view that such proceedings, either individually or in the aggregate, have not in the recent past and are not likely to have a significant effect on the Group’s financial position or profitability.
 
Dividends
 
See “Item 3. Key Information — Dividends”.


62


Table of Contents

 
SIGNIFICANT CHANGES
 
None.
 
ITEM 9.  THE OFFER AND LISTING
 
The principal trading market for the Company’s ordinary shares is the London Stock Exchange on which InterContinental Hotels Group shares are traded. The ordinary shares are also listed on the New York Stock Exchange trading in the form of ADSs evidenced by ADRs. Each ADS represents one ordinary share. InterContinental Hotels Group has a sponsored ADR facility with JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Depositary.
 
The following tables show, for the fiscal periods indicated, the reported high and low middle market quotations (which represent an average of closing bid and ask prices) for the ordinary shares on the London Stock Exchange, as derived from the Daily Official List of the UK Listing Authority, and the highest and lowest sales prices of the ADSs as reported on the New York Stock Exchange composite tape.
 
                 
  £ per
    
  ordinary share  $ per ADS 
Year ended December 31
 High  Low  High  Low 
 
2004
  6.91   4.79   13.09   8.70 
2005
  8.42   6.12   14.53   11.49 
2006
  12.65   8.07   26.27   14.40 
 
                 
  £ per
    
  ordinary share  $ per ADS 
Year ended December 31
 High  Low  High  Low 
 
2007
                
First quarter
  13.42   12.06   30.81   27.17 
Second quarter(1)
  14.20   12.41   32.59   24.78 
Third quarter
  13.16   9.19   26.59   18.52 
Fourth quarter
  11.20   8.73   23.34   17.37 
2008
                
First quarter
  8.84   6.44   17.40   13.26 
Second quarter
  8.65   6.68   16.80   13.15 
Third quarter
  7.87   6.16   14.76   11.53 
Fourth quarter
  6.75   4.48   12.08   6.52 
2009
                
First quarter (through March 23, 2009)
  6.22   4.46   9.33   6.04 
 
 
(1)Prices adjusted for the share consolidation effective June 4, 2007. Unadjusted prices for the quarter were £14.13 and £12.16 and $28.18 and $24.17 respectively.
                 
  £ per
    
  ordinary share  $ per ADS 
Month ended
 High  Low  High  Low 
 
September 2008
  7.87   6.70   14.25   11.53 
October 2008
  6.75   4.72   12.08   7.26 
November 2008
  5.86   4.48   9.30   6.52 
December 2008
  5.75   4.96   9.02   7.17 
January 2009
  6.22   5.17   9.33   7.04 
February 2009
  5.59   4.54   8.27   6.39 
March 2009 (through to March 23, 2009)
  5.59   4.46   8.25   6.04 


63


Table of Contents

Fluctuations in the exchange rates between pounds sterling and the US dollar will affect the dollar equivalent of the pounds sterling price of the ordinary shares on the London Stock Exchange and, as a result, are likely to affect the market price of ADSs.
 
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
 
Not applicable.
 
SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
 
Not applicable.
 
DILUTION
 
Not applicable.
 
EXPENSES OF THE ISSUE
 
Not applicable.
 
ITEM 10.  ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
 
The following summarizes material rights of holders of the Company’s ordinary shares under the material provisions of the Company’s memorandum and articles of association and English law. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Companies Act and the Company’s memorandum and articles of association. The Company’s memorandum and articles of association are filed as an exhibit to this 20-F.
 
The Company’s shares may be held in certificated or uncertificated form. No holder of the Company’s shares will be required to make additional contributions of capital in respect of the Company’s shares in the future.
 
In the following description, a “shareholder” is the person registered in the Company’s register of members as the holder of the relevant share.
 
Principal Objects
 
The Company is incorporated under the name InterContinental Hotels Group PLC and is registered in England and Wales with registered number 5134420. The Company’s memorandum of association provides that its objects include to acquire certain predecessor companies and carry on business as an investment holding company, licensed victuallers, to deal in commodities, to acquire and operate breweries, hotels and restaurants, as well as to carry on any other business which the Company may judge capable of enhancing the value of the Company’s property or rights. The memorandum grants to the Company a range of corporate capabilities to effect these objects.
 
Directors
 
Under the Company’s articles of association, a director may not vote in respect of any proposal in which he, or any person connected with him, has any material interest other than by virtue of his interests in securities of, or otherwise in or through, the Company. This is subject to certain exceptions relating to proposals (a) indemnifying him in respect of obligations incurred on behalf of the Company, (b) indemnifying a third party in respect of obligations of the Company for which the director has assumed responsibility under an indemnity or guarantee, (c) relating to an offer of securities in which he will be interested as an underwriter, (d) concerning another body corporate in which the director is beneficially interested in less than one percent of the issued shares of any class of shares of such a body corporate, (e) relating to an employee benefit in which the director will share equally with other employees and (f) relating to liability insurance that the Company is empowered to purchase for the benefit of directors of the Company in respect of actions undertaken as directors (or officers) of the Company.


64


Table of Contents

The directors are empowered to exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money, subject to the limitation that the aggregate amount of all moneys borrowed by the Company and its subsidiaries shall not exceed an amount equal to three times the Company’s share capital and consolidated reserves, unless sanctioned by an ordinary resolution of the Company.
 
Directors are not required to hold any shares of the Company by way of qualification.
 
Rights Attaching to Shares
 
Under English law, dividends are payable on the Company’s ordinary shares only out of profits available for distribution, as determined in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom and by the Companies Act. Holders of the Company’s ordinary shares are entitled to receive such dividends as may be declared by the shareholders in general meeting, rateably according to the amounts paid up on such shares, provided that the dividend cannot exceed the amount recommended by the directors.
 
The Company’s board of directors may pay shareholders such interim dividends as appear to them to be justified by the Company’s financial position. If authorized by an ordinary resolution of the shareholders, the board of directors may also direct payment of a dividend in whole or in part by the distribution of specific assets (and in particular of paid up shares or debentures of any other company).
 
Any dividend unclaimed after six years from the date the dividend was declared, or became due for payment, will be forfeited and will revert to the Company.
 
Voting Rights
 
Voting at any general meeting of shareholders is by a show of hands unless a poll, which is a written vote, is duly demanded. On a show of hands, every shareholder who is present in person or by proxy at a general meeting has one vote regardless of the number of shares held. On a poll, every shareholder who is present in person or by proxy has one vote for every 1329/47pence in nominal amount of the shares held by that shareholder. A poll may be demanded by any of the following:
 
  • the chairman of the meeting;
 
  • at least five shareholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting;
 
  • any shareholder or shareholders representing in the aggregate not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting; or
 
  • any shareholder or shareholders holding shares conferring a right to vote at the meeting on which there have beenpaid-up sums in the aggregate equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all the shares conferring that right.
 
A proxy form will be treated as giving the proxy the authority to demand a poll, or to join others in demanding one.
 
The necessary quorum for a general meeting is three persons carrying a right to vote upon the business to be transacted, whether present in person or by proxy.
 
Matters are transacted at general meetings of the Company by the proposing and passing of resolutions, of which there are three kinds:
 
  • an ordinary resolution, which includes resolutions for the election of directors, the approval of financial statements, the cumulative annual payment of dividends, the appointment of auditors, the increase of authorized share capital or the grant of authority to allot shares;
 
  • a special resolution, which includes resolutions amending the Company’s memorandum and articles of association, disapplying statutory pre-emption rights or changing the Company’s name; and


65


Table of Contents

 
  • an extraordinary resolution, which includes resolutions modifying the rights of any class of the Company’s shares at a meeting of the holders of such class or relating to certain matters concerning the Company’s winding up.
 
An ordinary resolution requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes of those persons voting at a meeting at which there is a quorum.
 
Special and extraordinary resolutions require the affirmative vote of not less than three-fourths of the persons voting at a meeting at which there is a quorum.
 
In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairman of the meeting is entitled to cast the deciding vote in addition to any other vote he may have.
 
Annual General Meetings must be convened upon advance written notice of 21 days. Other meetings must be convened upon advance written notice of 21 days for the passing of a special resolution and 14 days for any other resolution, depending on the nature of the business to be transacted. The days of delivery or receipt of the notice are not included. The notice must specify the nature of the business to be transacted. The board of directors may if they choose make arrangements for shareholders who are unable to attend the place of the meeting to participate at other places.
 
Each Director shall retire every three years at the Annual General Meeting and unless otherwise decided by the Directors, shall be eligible for re-election.
 
Variation of Rights
 
If, at any time, the Company’s share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class may be varied, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, with the consent in writing of holders of three-fourths in nominal value of the issued shares of that class or upon the adoption of an extraordinary resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of that class. At every such separate meeting, all of the provisions of the articles of association relating to proceedings at a general meeting apply, except that the quorum is to be the number of persons (which must be two or more) who hold or represent by proxy not less than one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of the class.
 
Rights in aWinding-up
 
Except as the Company’s shareholders have agreed or may otherwise agree, upon the Company’s winding up, the balance of assets available for distribution:
 
  • after the payment of all creditors including certain preferential creditors, whether statutorily preferred creditors or normal creditors; and
 
  • subject to any special rights attaching to any class of shares;
 
is to be distributed among the holders of ordinary shares according to the amountspaid-up on the shares held by them. This distribution is generally to be made in cash. A liquidator may, however, upon the adoption of an extraordinary resolution of the shareholders, divide among the shareholders the whole or any part of the Company’s assets in kind.
 
Limitations on Voting and Shareholding
 
There are no limitations imposed by English law or the Company’s memorandum or articles of association on the right of non-residents or foreign persons to hold or vote the Company’s ordinary shares or ADSs, other than the limitations that would generally apply to all of the Company’s shareholders.
 
MATERIAL CONTRACTS
 
The following contracts have been entered into otherwise than in the course of ordinary business by members of the Group either (i) in the two years immediately preceding the date of this document in the case of contracts which are or may be material or (ii) which contain provisions under which any Group member has any obligation or


66


Table of Contents

entitlement which is material to the Group as at the date of this document. To the extent that these agreements include representations, warranties and indemnities, such provisions are considered standard in an agreement of that nature, save to the extent identified below.
 
IHG Facility Agreement
 
On May 2, 2008, InterContinental Hotels Group PLC signed a five year $2,100 million bank facility agreement (the “IHG Facility Agreement”) with Bank of America N.A., The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., Barclays Capital, HSBC Bank plc, Lloyds TSB Bank plc, The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, Société Générale Corporate & Investment Banking and WestLB AG, London Branch, all acting as mandated lead arrangers and underwriters and HSBC Bank plc as agent bank.
 
The facility was split into a $1.6 billion five year revolving credit facility and a $500 million 30 month term loan facility.
 
The interest margin payable on borrowings under the IHG Facility Agreement is linked to IHG’s consolidated net debt to consolidated EBITDA ratio. The margin can vary between LIBOR + 0.475% and LIBOR + 1.05% depending on the level of the ratio.
 
Disposal to Hospitality Properties Trust
 
On December 17, 2004, BHR Texas L.P., InterContinental Hotels Group Resources, Inc., Crowne Plaza LAX, LLC, Crowne Plaza Hilton Head Holding Company, Holiday Pacific Partners Limited Partnership, 220 Bloor Street Hotel Inc. and Staybridge Markham, Inc. (together, the “Vendors”) entered into a Purchase and Sale Agreement (as amended and restated on February 9, 2005) with HPT IHG — 2 Properties Trust (“HPT IHG-2”), pursuant to which HPT IHG-2 purchased from the Vendors 12 hotels situated in the United States and Canada. On the same date, Six Continents International Holdings B.V. (“SIH”), entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (as amended and restated on February 9, 2005) with HPT IHG-2, pursuant to which HPT IHG-2 purchased from SIH all of the shares in Crowne Plaza (Puerto Rico) Inc., which is the owner of a hotel in Puerto Rico. The total consideration payable by HPT IHG-2 for the sales amounted to US$425 million, before transaction costs, equivalent to net book value (of which US$395 million was received upon the main completion of the sale on February 16, 2005, with the remaining US$30 million received upon the completion of the sale of the InterContinental Hotel in Austin, on June 1, 2005). The Group continues to manage the hotels.
 
Under the Purchase and Sale Agreement and Stock Purchase Agreement, the Vendors have given certain customary warranties and indemnities to HPT IHG-2.
 
In connection with the disposals referred to above, IHG has agreed to guarantee certain amounts payable to HPT IHG and HPT IHG-2 in relation to the managed hotels sold by the Group to HPT IHG and HPT IHG-2. The guarantee is for a maximum amount of $125 million and requires amounts to be paid by IHG to HPT IHG and/orHPT IHG-2 (and/or their designated affiliate) irrespective of the revenue generated by the relevant hotels. The guarantee may be terminated if certain financial tests are met.
 
UK Hotels Disposal
 
A Share Purchase Agreement (the “SPA”) was entered into on March 10, 2005 between Six Continents, IHC London (Holdings) Limited (“IHC Holdings”) and LRG. Pursuant to the SPA, Six Continents and IHC Holdings (the “Sellers”) agreed to sell all of the issued ordinary share capital of Six Continents Hotels & Holidays Limited, Holiday Inn Limited, NAS Cobalt No. 2 Limited and London Forum Hotel Limited respectively (together, the “LRG Shares”) to LRG and to transfer to LRG certain contractual rights to the extent they related to the hotels LRG indirectly acquired under the SPA (the “LRG Hotels”) and which remained to be completed or performed, or remained in force, after completion of the sale of the LRG Shares to LRG.
 
The agreed sale price for the LRG Shares was £1 billion. Proceeds of £40 million were deferred and were contingent upon certain pre-agreed performance targets being reached. Following completion, the Group continues to manage the LRG Hotels.


67


Table of Contents

Under the SPA, the Sellers gave certain warranties in relation to the assets disposed of and LRG gave certain warranties in relation to its authority to enter into the SPA and its capacity to perform its obligations under the SPA. Certain indemnities were also given by the Sellers.
 
Australasian Hotels Disposals
 
On September 1, 2005, Holiday Inn Holdings (Australia) Pty Limited, SPHC Group Pty Limited and HIA(T) Pty Limited (for the Australian assets) and Hale International Limited (for the New Zealand asset), all three of which are members of the Group, (“IHG”) entered into two sale and purchase agreements with HANZ (Australia) Pty Limited (for the Australian assets) and HANZ Holdings (New Zealand) Limited (for the New Zealand asset), both companies being subsidiaries of the Hotel Alternative (Australia and New Zealand) Private Syndicate managed by Eureka Funds Management Limited (“Eureka”) pursuant to which Eureka purchased from IHG nine hotels situated in Australia and New Zealand for AUS$390 million in cash (before transaction costs) which is AUS$75 million above the net book value of AUS$315 million. IHG gave to Eureka normal warranties in relation to the hotels and an indemnity for pre-completion tax liabilities. The transaction completed on October 31, 2005.
 
The Group continues to manage the hotels for Eureka under ten year management contracts entered into at the time of the transaction, with an option to extend for ten further years at the Group’s discretion.
 
Disposal to Dabicam SAS
 
On September 8, 2005, a sale and purchase agreement (“SPA”) was entered into between BHR Holdings BV, a wholly owned subsidiary of IHG, and Dabicam SAS, an affiliate of GIC Real Estate Pte. Ltd. Under the SPA the seller agreed to sell the InterContinental Hotel Paris. The agreed sale price for the hotel was €315 million. The hotel is no longer operated under an IHG Hotels brand. Under the SPA the sellers gave certain customary warranties and indemnities to the purchaser. Following receipt of shareholder approval, in connection with the sale, at an Extraordinary General Meeting of IHG on October 26, 2005 the sale was completed on November 1, 2005.
 
Britvic Underwriting Agreement
 
An Underwriting Agreement was entered into on November 25, 2005 between, inter alia, Britvic, IHG in its capacity as a selling shareholder, the directors of Britvic, Citigroup and Deutsche Bank AG (as joint sponsors) and Citigroup, Deutsche Bank AG, Lehman Brothers International (Europe) and Merrill Lynch International (as joint Underwriters). This set out the mechanics for the Britvic initial public offering and included customary termination rights. Britvic gave customary warranties, indemnities and undertakings in the context of an agreement of this sort. IHG also gave customary warranties and indemnities in its capacity as a selling shareholder. Under this agreement, each of the selling shareholders paid a commission equal to 2% of the offer price multiplied by the number of shares sold by that selling shareholder to the joint Underwriters.
 
Disposal to Westbridge
 
On March 10, 2006 a Sale and Purchase Agreement (“SPA”) was entered into between BHR Luxembourg S.a.r.l. and other wholly owned subsidiaries of IHG as sellers (BHR Luxembourg S.a.r.l. being the principal seller) and Cooperatie Westbridge Europe I U.A. as purchaser and Westbridge Hospitality Fund L.P. as the purchaser’s guarantor. Under the SPA the sellers agreed to sell 23 hotels situated across Europe in France, Germany, Belgium, the Netherlands, Austria, Italy and Spain.
 
The agreed sale price was €352 million. IHG’s share of the proceeds was €345.2 million (before transaction costs), in cash and the assumption of debt, and the balance of €6.8 million relates to third-party minority interests.
 
The hotels continue to be operated by the purchaser under the same IHG Hotels brands under 15 year franchise agreements.
 
Under the SPA the sellers gave certain customary warranties and indemnities to the purchaser.


68


Table of Contents

Disposal to Morgan Stanley Real Estate Funds
 
On July 13, 2006 a sale and purchase agreement (“SPA”) was entered into between BHR Holdings BV and other wholly owned subsidiaries of IHG as sellers (BHR Holdings BV being the principal seller) and a subsidiary of Morgan Stanley Real Estate Funds MSREF VI Danube BV. Under the SPA the sellers agreed to sell seven InterContinental branded hotels situated across Europe in France, Germany, the Netherlands, Austria, Hungary, Italy and Spain.
 
The agreed sale price for the seven hotels was €634 million. IHG Hotels retained 30 year management contracts on the hotels, with two ten year renewals at IHG Hotels’ discretion, giving a total potential contract length of 50 years.
 
Under the SPA the sellers gave certain customary warranties and indemnities to the purchaser.
 
EXCHANGE CONTROLS
 
There are no restrictions on dividend payments to US citizens.
 
Although there are currently no UK foreign exchange control restrictions on the export or import of the capital or the payment of dividends on the ordinary shares or the ADSs, from time to time English law imposes restrictions on the payment of dividends to persons resident (or treated as so resident) in or governments of (or persons exercising public functions in) certain countries (each of the foregoing, a “Prohibited Person”).
 
There are no restrictions under the articles of association or under English law that limit the right of non-resident or foreign owners to hold or vote the ordinary shares. However, under current English law, ordinary shares or ADSs may not be owned by a Prohibited Person. In addition, the Company’s articles of association contain certain limitations on the voting and other rights of any holder of ordinary shares, whose holding may, in the opinion of the directors, result in the loss or failure to secure the reinstatement of any license or franchise from any US governmental agency held by Six Continents Hotels Inc or any subsidiary thereof.
 
TAXATION
 
This section provides a summary of the material US federal income tax and UK tax consequences to US holders, as defined below, of owning and disposing of ordinary shares or ADSs of the Company. This section addresses only the tax position of a US holder who holds ordinary shares or ADSs as capital assets. This section does not, however, discuss the tax consequences of members of special classes of holders subject to special rules, such as
 
  • certain financial institutions;
 
  • insurance companies;
 
  • dealers and traders in securities or foreign currencies;
 
  • persons holding ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a hedge, straddle, conversion transaction, integrated transaction or similar transaction;
 
  • persons whose functional currency for US federal income tax purposes is not the US dollar;
 
  • partnerships or other entities classified as partnerships for US federal income tax purposes;
 
  • persons liable for the alternative minimum tax;
 
  • tax-exempt organizations;
 
  • persons who acquired our ADSs or ordinary shares pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;
 
  • holders that, directly or indirectly, hold 10% or more of the Company’s voting stock.
 
This section does not generally deal with the position of a US holder who is resident or ordinarily resident in the United Kingdom for UK tax purposes or who is subject to UK taxation on capital gains or income by virtue of carrying on a trade, profession or vocation in the United Kingdom through a branch, agency or permanent


69


Table of Contents

establishment and such ADSs or ordinary shares are or have been used, held or acquired for the purposes of such trade, profession or vocation.
 
A US holder is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares or ADSs who is for US federal income tax purposes (i) a citizen or resident of the US, (ii) a US domestic corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof; (iii) an estate whose income is subject to US federal income tax regardless of its source, or (iv) a trust if a US court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more United States persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust.
 
This section is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations, published rulings and court decisions, and on UK tax laws and published practice of the UK HM Revenue and Customs, all as of the date hereof. These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.
 
This section is further based in part upon the representations of the Depositary and assumes that each obligation in the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms. For US federal income tax purposes, an owner of ADRs evidencing ADSs will generally be treated as the owner of the underlying shares represented by those ADSs. Generally, exchanges of ordinary shares for ADRs, and ADRs for ordinary shares, will not be subject to US federal income tax or UK taxation on capital gains.
 
The US Treasury has expressed concerns that parties to whom ADRs are pre-released may be taking actions that are inconsistent with the claiming of foreign tax credits for US holders of ADRs. Such actions would also be inconsistent with the claiming of the reduced rate of tax, described below, for qualified dividend income. Accordingly, the analysis of the availability of the reduced rate of tax for qualified dividend income described below could be affected by actions taken by parties to whom the ADRs are pre-released.
 
Investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the US federal, state and local, the UK and other tax consequences of owning and disposing of shares and ADSs in their particular circumstances.
 
Taxation of Dividends
 
United Kingdom Taxation
 
Under current UK tax law, the Company will not be required to withhold tax at source from dividend payments it makes.
 
A US holder who is not resident or ordinarily resident for United Kingdom tax purposes in the United Kingdom will generally not be liable for UK taxation on dividends received in respect of the ADSs or ordinary shares.
 
United States Federal Income Taxation
 
Subject to the passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) rules discussed below, a US holder is subject to US federal income taxation on the gross amount of any dividend paid by the Company out of its current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for US federal income tax purposes). Distributions in excess of the Company’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for US federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of the US holder’s basis in the shares or ADSs and thereafter as capital gain. Because the Company has not historically maintained, and does not currently maintain, books in accordance with US tax principles, the Company does not expect to be in a position to determine whether any distribution will be in excess of the Company’s current and accumulated earnings and profits as computed for US federal income tax purposes. As a result, the Company expects that amounts distributed will be reported to the Internal Revenue Service as dividends.
 
Subject to applicable limitations and the discussion above regarding concerns expressed by the US Treasury, dividends paid to a non-corporate US holder in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011 that constitute qualified dividend income will be taxable to the holder at a maximum tax rate of 15%. The Company expects that dividends paid by the Company with respect to the shares or ADSs will constitute qualified dividend income.


70


Table of Contents

U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors to determine whether they are subject to any special rules that limit their ability to be taxed at this favorable rate.
 
Dividends must be included in income when the US holder, in the case of shares, or the Depositary, in the case of ADSs, actually or constructively receives the dividend, and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to US corporations in respect of dividends received from other US corporations. For foreign tax credit limitation purposes, dividends will be income from sources outside the United States.
 
The amount of any dividend paid in pounds will be the US dollar value of the pound sterling payments made, determined at the spot pound sterling/US dollar rate on the date the dividend distribution is includible in income, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into US dollars. If the dividend is converted into US dollars on the date of receipt, a US holder should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend income. Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date the dividend payment is includible in income to the date the payment is converted into US dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss and, for foreign tax credit limitation purposes, from sources within the United States.
 
Taxation of Capital Gains
 
United Kingdom Taxation
 
A US holder who is not resident or ordinarily resident for UK tax purposes in the United Kingdom will not generally be liable for UK taxation on capital gains realized or accrued on the sale or other disposal of ADSs or ordinary shares.
 
A US holder of ADSs or ordinary shares who is an individual and who, broadly, has temporarily ceased to be resident or ordinarily resident in the UK or has become temporarily treated as non-resident for UK tax purposes for a period of less than five years of assessment and who disposes of ordinary shares or ADSs during that period may, for the year of assessment when that individual becomes resident again in the UK, also be liable to UK tax on capital gains (subject to any available exemption or relief), notwithstanding the fact that such US holder was not resident or ordinarily resident in the United Kingdom at the time of the sale or other disposal.
 
United States Federal Income Taxation
 
Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a US holder that sells or otherwise disposes of ordinary shares or ADSs will recognize a capital gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the US dollar value of the amount realized and its tax basis, determined in US dollars, in the ordinary shares or ADSs. Such capital gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss where the holder has a holding period greater than one year. The gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. The deductibility of losses is subject to limitations.
 
PFIC Rules
 
The Company believes that it was not a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes for its 2008 taxable year. However, this conclusion is an annual factual determination and thus may be subject to change. If the Company were to be treated as a PFIC, gain realized on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs would in general not be treated as capital gain. Instead, gain would be treated as if the US holder had realized such gain ratably over the holding period for the ordinary shares or ADSs and, to the extent allocated to the taxable year of the sale or other exchange and to any year before the Company became a PFIC, would be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for each such year to which the gain was allocated, together with an interest charge in respect of the tax attributable to each such year. In addition, similar rules would apply to any “excess distribution” received on the ordinary shares or ADSs (generally, the excess of any distribution received on the ordinary shares or ADSs during the taxable year over 125% of the average amount of distributions received during a specified prior period), and the preferential rate for “qualified dividend income” received by certain non-corporate US holders would not apply. Certain elections may be available


71


Table of Contents

(including a market-to-market election) to US holders that would result in alternative treatments of the ordinary shares or ADSs.
 
Additional Tax Considerations
 
United States Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
 
Payments of dividends and other proceeds with respect to ADSs and ordinary shares may be reported to the IRS and to the US holder. Backup withholding may apply to these payments if the US holder fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number or certification of exempt status or fails to report all interest and dividends required to be shown on its US federal income tax returns. Certain US holders (including, among others, corporations) are not subject to backup withholding. US holders should consult their tax advisors as to their qualification for exemption from backup withholding and the procedure for obtaining an exemption.
 
United Kingdom Inheritance Tax
 
An individual who is domiciled in the United States (for the purposes of the Estate and Gift Tax Convention) and is not a UK national as defined in the Convention will not be subject to UK inheritance tax in respect of ADSs on the individual’s death or on a transfer of the ADSs during their lifetime, provided that any applicable US federal gift or estate tax is paid, unless the ADSs are part of the business property of a UK permanent establishment or pertain to a UK fixed base of an individual used for the performance of independent personal services. Where the ADSs have been placed in trust by a settlor, they may be subject to UK inheritance tax unless, when the trust was created, the settlor was domiciled in the United States and was not a UK national. Where ADSs are subject to both UK inheritance tax and to US federal gift or estate tax, the Estate and Gift Tax Convention generally provides for either a credit against US federal tax liabilities for UK inheritance tax paid or for a credit against UK inheritance tax liabilities for US federal tax paid, as the case may be.
 
United Kingdom Stamp Duty and Stamp Duty Reserve Tax (“SDRT”)
 
The transfer of ordinary shares will generally be liable to stamp duty at the rate of 0.5% of the amount or value of the consideration given (rounded up to the nearest £5). An unconditional agreement to transfer ordinary shares will generally be subject to SDRT at 0.5% of the agreed consideration. However, if within the period of six years of the date of such agreement becoming unconditional an instrument of transfer is executed pursuant to the agreement and duly stamped, any liability to SDRT will usually be repaid, if already paid, or canceled. The liability to pay stamp duty or SDRT is generally satisfied by the purchaser or transferee.
 
No stamp duty or SDRT will generally arise on a transfer of ordinary shares into CREST, unless such transfer is made for a consideration in money or money’s worth, in which case a liability to SDRT will arise, usually at the rate of 0.5% of the value of the consideration.
 
A transfer of ordinary shares effected on a paperless basis within CREST will generally be subject to SDRT at the rate of 0.5% of the value of the consideration.
 
Stamp duty, or SDRT, is generally payable upon the transfer or issue of ordinary shares to, or to a nominee or, in some cases, agent of, a person whose business is or includes issuing depositary receipts or the provision of clearance services. For these purposes, the current rate of stamp duty and SDRT is usually 1.5% (rounded up, in the case of stamp duty, to the nearest £5). The rate is applied, in each case, to the amount or value of the consideration or, in some circumstances, to the value or the issue price of the ordinary shares. In accordance with the terms of the deposit agreement, any tax or duty payable on deposits of ordinary shares by the depositary or by the custodian of the depositary will be charged to the party to whom ADSs are delivered against such deposits.
 
Provided that the instrument of transfer is not executed in the United Kingdom and remains at all subsequent times outside the United Kingdom, no stamp duty should be payable on the transfer of ADSs. An agreement to transfer ADSs in the form of depositary receipts will not give rise to a liability to SDRT.


72


Table of Contents

 
DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY
 
It is possible to read and copy documents referred to in this annual report onForm 20-Fthat have been filed with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference room located at 100 F Street, NE Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at1-800-SEC-0330for further information on the public reference rooms and their copy charges. The Company’s SEC filings since May 22, 2002 are also publicly available through the SEC’s website located at www.sec.gov.
 
ITEM 11.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
 
Exchange and Interest Rate Risk, and Financial Instruments
 
The Group’s treasury policy is to manage the financial risks that arise in relation to the underlying business needs. The activities of the treasury function are carried out in accordance with board approved policies and are subject to regular internal audit. The treasury function does not operate as a profit center.
 
Treasury Risk Management
 
The treasury function seeks to reduce the financial risk of the Group and manages liquidity to meet all foreseeable cash needs. Treasury activities include money market investments, spot and forward foreign exchange instruments, currency options, currency swaps, interest rate swaps, options and forward rate agreements. One of the primary objectives of the Group’s treasury risk management policy is to mitigate the adverse impact of movements in interest rates and foreign exchange rates. Derivatives are not used for trading or speculative purposes.
 
Credit Risk
 
Credit Risk on treasury transactions is minimized by operating a policy on the investment of surplus funds that generally restricts counterparties to those with an A credit rating or better, or those providing adequate security. Limits are also set for individual counterparties. Notwithstanding that counterparties must have an A credit rating or better, during periods of significant financial market turmoil, counterparty exposure limits are significantly reduced and counterparty credit exposure reviews are broadened to include the relative placing of credit default swap pricings. Most of the Group’s surplus funds are held in the United Kingdom or United States and there are no material funds where repatriation is restricted as a result of foreign exchange regulations.
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
The Group has an exposure to interest rate fluctuations on its borrowings and it seeks to manage these by the use of interest rate swaps and options, and forward rate agreements. The Group takes out interest rate swaps to fix the interest flows on between 25% and 75% of its borrowings in major currencies.
 
At December 31, 2008, the Group held interest rate swaps (swapping floating for fixed) with notional principals of $250 million, £75 million, and €75 million (2007 $100 million, £150 million and €75 million).
 
At December 31, 2008, the Group also held forward-starting interest rate swaps with notional principals of $100 million, £75 million and €75 million (2007 £150 million and €75 million). These swaps will replace current swaps with the same notional principals when they mature in 2009.
 
Based on the year end net debt position and given the underlying maturity profile of investments, borrowings and hedging instruments at that date, a one percentage point rise in US dollar interest rates would increase the annual net interest charge by approximately $4.7 million. A similar rise in euro and sterling interest rates would increase the annual net interest charge by approximately $1.2 million and $0.9 million respectively.
 
Currency Risk
 
The US dollar is the predominant currency of the Group’s revenue and cash flows, and movements in foreign exchange rates, particularly the US dollar and euro, can affect the Group’s reported profits, net assets and interest cover. To hedge this translation exposure, wherever possible, the Group denominates the currency of its debt (either directly or via derivatives) to match the currency of its net assets, whilst trying to maximize the amount of US


73


Table of Contents

dollars borrowed. At December 31, 2008, the Group held outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts with a principal of $nil (2007 $12 million) and a fair value of $nil (2007 $nil).
 
The Group is exposed to foreign currency risk on income streams denominated in foreign currencies. Foreign exchange transaction exposure is managed by forward purchase or sale of foreign currencies or the use of currency options. Most significant exposures of the Group are in currencies that are freely convertible. At December 31, 2008 there were no outstanding contracts hedging currency risk on income streams.
 
A general strengthening of the US dollar (specifically a five cent fall in the sterling: US dollar rate) would increase the Group’s profit before tax by an estimated $4.0 million and decrease net assets by an estimated $1.1 million. Similarly, a five cent fall in the euro: US dollar rate would reduce the Group’s profit before tax by an estimated $2.0 million and decrease net assets by an estimated $4.3 million.
 
Quantitative Information about Market Risk
 
Interest Rate Sensitivity
 
The tables below provide information about the Group’s derivative and other financial instruments that are sensitive to changes in interest rates, including interest rate swaps and debt obligations. For long-term debt obligations, the table presents principal cash flows and related weighted average interest rates by expected maturity dates. For interest rate swaps and forward rate agreements, the table presents notional amounts and weighted average interest rates by expected maturity dates. Weighted average variable rates are based on rates set at the balance sheet date. The actual currencies of the instruments are indicated in parentheses.
 
At December 31, 2008
 
                             
  Expected to mature before December 31,       
  2009  2010  2011  2012  Thereafter  Total  Fair value(i) 
  ($ million, except percentages)       
 
Long-Term Debt:
                            
Fixed Rate lease debt (US dollar)
              202   202   168 
Average dollar interest rate
                  9.7%  9.7%    
Variable Rate bank debt (various currencies)
  5   502         646   1,153   1,153 
Average interest rate
  7.8%  1.5%          2.6%  2.1%    
 
                             
  (local currency million, except percentages)       
 
Interest Rate Swaps:
                            
Principal (US dollar)
  250         100      350   (2)
Fixed rate payable
  2.9%          2.0%      2.6%    
Variable rate receivable
  1.3%          1.3%      1.3%    
Principal (euro)
  75      75         150   (5)
Fixed rate payable
  3.9%      5.3%          4.6%    
Variable rate receivable
  2.7%      2.7%          2.7%    
Principal (sterling)
  75               75   (3)
Fixed rate payable
  6.1%                  6.1%    
Variable rate receivable
  2.2%                  2.2%    
 
 
(i)Represents the net present value of the expected cash flows discounted at current market rates of interest.
 
ITEM 12.  DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES
 
Not applicable.


74


Table of Contents

 
PART II
 
ITEM 13.  DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES
 
None.
 
ITEM 14.  MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS
 
None.
 
ITEM 15.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
As at the end of the period covered by this report, the Group carried out an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of the Group’s management, including the Chief Executive and Finance Director, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the disclosure controls and procedures (as defined inRules 13a-15(c)and15d-15(e)).These are defined as those controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the specified periods. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive and Finance Director concluded that the Group’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective.
 
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined inRule 13a-15(f)or 15d-15(f)promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
Management has issued a report on the effectiveness of the Group’s Internal Control over Financial reporting as at December 31, 2008. This report appears onpage F-1of the Group’s Consolidated Financial Statements contained in this Annual Report.
 
Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. This report appears onpage F-2of the Group’s Consolidated Financial Statements contained in this Annual Report.
 
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
There have been no changes in the Group’s internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by thisForm 20-Fthat have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Group’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
ITEM 16.  [RESERVED]
 
ITEM 16A.  AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT
 
The Senior Independent Director David Kappler, who has significant recent and relevant financial experience is the “Audit Committee Financial Expert” as defined under the regulations of the US Securities and Exchange Commission. David Kappler is independent as that term is defined under the listing standards of the NYSE.
 
ITEM 16B.  CODE OF ETHICS
 
The board has adopted a global Code of Ethics and Business Conduct that applies to all directors, officers and employees of the Group, including the Chief Executive and Finance Director. This Code of Ethics has been signed by the Chief Executive and the Finance Director of the Company and by the Group Financial Controller and regional financial heads. The Company has published its Code of Ethics and Business Conduct on its website www.ihg.com.


75


Table of Contents

ITEM 16C.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
 
Fees for professional services provided by Ernst & Young LLP, the Group’s independent auditors in each of the last two fiscal periods in each of the following categories are:
 
         
  Year Ended December 31, 
  2008  2007 
  ($ million) 
 
Audit Fees
  3.3   5.6 
Audit Related Fees
  3.2   2.8 
Tax Fees
  1.0   0.8 
         
Total
  7.5   9.2 
         
 
Further detail is provided in Note 4 “Auditor’s remuneration paid to Ernst & Young LLP” of Item 18 — Financial Statements.
 
Audit fees in respect of the pension scheme were not material.
 
The Audit Committee has a process to ensure that any non-audit services do not compromise the independence and objectivity of the external auditor and that relevant UK and US professional and regulatory requirements are met. A number of criteria are applied when deciding whether pre-approval for such services should be given. These include the nature of the service, the level of fees and the practicality of appointing an alternative provider, having regard to the skills and experience required to supply the service effectively. Cumulative fees for audit and non-audit services are presented to the Audit Committee on a quarterly basis for review. The Audit Committee is responsible for monitoring adherence to the pre-approval policy.
 
ITEM 16D.  EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES
 
Not applicable.
 
ITEM 16E.  PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS
 
                 
           (d) Maximum
 
        (c) Total number
  number (or
 
        of shares (or
  approximate dollar
 
     (b) Average
  units) purchased
  value) of shares (or
 
  (a) Total number
  price paid
  as part of publicly
  units) that may yet be
 
  of shares (or
  per share
  announced plans
  purchased under the
 
Period of fiscal year units) purchased  (or unit)  or programs  plans or programs 
 
Month 1 (no purchases in this month)
  0   0.00   0.   39,144,754 
Month 2 (no purchases in this month)
  0   0.00   0   39,144,754 
Month 3 3.3.08 — 3.31.08
  1,718,026   7.69   1,718,026   37,426,728 
Month 4 (no purchases in this month)
  0   0.00   0   37,426,728 
Month 5 5.9.08 — 5.29.08
  2,138,424   8.36   2,138,424   35,288,304 
Month 6 6.2.08 — 6.30.08
  5,362,875   7.25   5,362,875   38,694,043 
Month 7 (no purchases in this month)
  0   0.00   0   38,694,043 
Month 8 (no purchases in this month)
  0   0.00   0   38,694,043 
Month 9 (no purchases in this month)
  0   0.00   0   38,694,043 
Month 10 (no purchases in this month)
  0   0.00   0   38,694,043 
Month 11 (no purchases in this month)
  0   0.00   0   38,694,043 
Month 12 (no purchases in this month)
  0   0.00   0   38,694,043 
 
The first share repurchase program was announced on March 11, 2004 with the intention to repurchase £250 million worth of shares. A second £250 million share repurchase program followed, announced September 9, 2004. A third £250 million share repurchase program was announced on September 8, 2005. These programs were completed on December 20, 2004, April 11, 2006, and June 28, 2007 respectively.


76


Table of Contents

On February 20, 2007, the Company announced a fourth, £150 million share repurchase program. By March 23, 2009, 14,446,554 shares had been repurchased at an average price of 831 pence per share (approximately £120 million).
 
During fiscal 2008, 1,950,000 ordinary shares were purchased by the Company’s Employee Share Ownership Trust at prices ranging from 563 pence to 799 pence per share, for the purpose of satisfying future share awards to employees.
 
ITEM 16F.  CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT
 
Not applicable.
 
ITEM 16G.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT CORPORATE GOVERNANCE DIFFERENCES FROM NYSE LISTING STANDARDS
 
The Group is committed to compliance with the principles of corporate governance and aims to follow the corporate governance practices specified in the Combined Code on Corporate Governance, the “Combined Code” issued by the Financial Services Authority in the United Kingdom.
 
IHG has also adopted the corporate governance requirements of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules and of the NYSE, to the extent that they are applicable to it as a foreign private issuer. As a foreign private issuer IHG is required to disclose any significant ways in which its corporate governance practices differ from those followed by US companies. These are as follows:
 
Basis of regulation
 
The Combined Code contains a series of principles and provisions. It is not, however, mandatory for companies to follow these principles. Instead, companies must disclose how they have applied them and disclose, if applicable, any areas of non-compliance along with an explanation for the non-compliance. In contrast, US companies listed on the NYSE are required to adopt and disclose corporate governance guidelines adopted by the NYSE. IHG’s statement of compliance with the UK Combined Code’s requirements for 2008 is contained in the Company’s Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
Independent Directors
 
The Combined Code’s principles recommend that at least half the Board, excluding the Chairman, should consist of independent Non-Executive Directors. As at March 23, 2009 the Board consisted of the Chairman, independent at the time of his appointment, two Executive Directors and five independent Non-Executive Directors. NYSE listing rules applicable to US companies state that companies must have a majority of independent directors. The NYSE set out five bright line tests for director independence. The Board’s judgement is that all of its Non-Executive Directors are independent. However it did not explicitly take into consideration the NYSE’s tests in reaching this determination.
 
Chairman and Chief Executive
 
The Combined Code recommends that the Chairman and Chief Executive should not be the same individual to ensure that there is a clear division of responsibility for the running of the Company’s business. There is no corresponding requirement for US companies. The roles of Chairman and Chief Executive were, as at March 23, 2009 and throughout 2008 fulfilled by separate individuals.
 
Committees
 
The Company has a number of Board Committees which are similar in purpose and constitution to those required for domestic companies under NYSE rules. The Remuneration, Audit and Nomination Committees consist only of Non-Executive Directors. The NYSE requires US companies to have a nominating/corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors. The committee is responsible for identifying individuals qualified to become Board members and to recommend to the Board a set of corporate governance principles. As the


77


Table of Contents

Company is subject to the Combined Code, the Company’s Nomination Committee is only responsible for nominating, for approval of the Board, candidates for appointment to the Board, though it also assists in developing the role of the Senior Independent Director. The Company’s Nomination Committee consists of the Company Chairman and all the independent Non-Executive Directors. The Chairman of the Company is not a member of either of the Remuneration or the Audit Committees. The Audit Committee is chaired by an independent Non-Executive Director who, in the Board’s view, has the experience and qualifications to satisfy the criteria under US rules for an “audit committee financial expert”.
 
Non-Executive Director Meetings
 
Non-management directors of US companies must meet on a regular basis without management present, and independent directors must meet separately at least once per year. The Company’s Non-Executive Directors have met without Executive Directors being present, and intend to continue this practice, before every Board meeting if possible.
 
Shareholder approval of Equity Compensation Plans
 
The NYSE rules require that shareholders must be given the opportunity to vote on all equity compensation plans and material revisions to those plans. The Company complies with UK requirements which are similar to the NYSE rules. The Board does not, however, explicitly take into consideration the NYSE’s detailed definition of “material revisions”.
 
Compliance Certification
 
Each Chief Executive of a US company must certify to the NYSE each year that he or she is not aware of any violation by the Company of any NYSE corporate governance listing standard. As the Company is a foreign private issuer, the Company’s Chief Executive is not required to make this certification. However he is required to notify the NYSE promptly in writing after any of the Company’s Executive Officers become aware of any material non-compliance with those NYSE corporate governance rules applicable to the Company.
 
PART III
 
ITEM 17.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Not applicable.


78


 

ITEM 18.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
The following consolidated financial statements and related schedule, together with the report thereon of Ernst & Young LLP, are filed as part of this Annual Report:
 
     
  Page
 
  F-1 
  F-2 
  F-3 
Financial Statements
    
  F-5 
  F-6 
  F-7 
  F-8 
  F-10 
  F-11 
Schedule for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005
    
  S-1 
 EXHIBIT 1
 EXHIBIT 4(a)(i)
 EXHIBIT 8
 EX-12.A
 EX-12.B
 EX-13.A
 
ITEM 19.  EXHIBITS
 
The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report:
 
   
Exhibit 1
 Memorandum and Articles of Association of IHG
Exhibit 4(a)(i)
 $2,100 million Facility Agreement dated May 2, 2008 among Bank of America N.A., Bank ofTokyo-MitsubishiUFJ Ltd., Barclays Capital, HSBC Bank plc, Lloyds TSB Bank plc, The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, Société Générale Corporate & Investment Banking and West LB AG
Exhibit 4(b)(i)
 Sale and Purchase Agreement dated March 10, 2006 among BHR Luxembourg S.à.r.l., Others, Cooperatie Westbridge Europe I.U.A., Others and Westbridge Hospitality Fund L.P. relating to a portfolio of certain companies and businesses in continental Europe (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b)(viii) of the InterContinental Hotels Group PLC Annual Report onForm 20-F(FileNo. 1-10409)dated March 31, 2006)
Exhibit 4(b)(ii)
 Sale and Purchase Agreement dated July 13, 2006 between BHR Holdings BV and MSREF VI Danube BV relating to the sale of certain companies and businesses in continental Europe and Side Letter dated September 5, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b)(ix) of the InterContinental Hotels Group PLC Annual Report onForm 20-F(FileNo. 1-10409)dated March 30, 2007)
Exhibit 4(c)(i)
 Richard Solomons’ service contract dated February 12, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(c)(iv) of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC Annual Report onForm 20-F(FileNo. 1-10409)dated April 8, 2004)
Exhibit 4(c)(ii)
 Richard Solomons’ letter of appointment dated April 2005, effective from June 27, 2005 on completion of the Scheme of Arrangement and the introduction of the new parent company to the Group (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(c)(vi) of the InterContinental Hotels Group PLC Annual Report onForm 20-F(FileNo. 1-10409)dated March 31, 2006)
Exhibit 4(c)(iii)
 Andrew Cosslett’s service contract dated December 13, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(c)(v) of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC Annual Report onForm 20-F(FileNo. 1-10409)dated May 3, 2005)


79


Table of Contents

   
Exhibit 4(c)(iv)
 Andrew Cosslett’s letter of appointment dated April 2005, effective from June 27, 2005 on completion of the Scheme of Arrangement and the introduction of the new parent company to the Group (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(c)(viii) of the InterContinental Hotels Group PLC Annual Report onForm 20-F(FileNo. 1-10409)dated March 31, 2006)
Exhibit 8
 List of Subsidiaries
Exhibit 12(a)
 Certification of Andrew Cosslett filed pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(a)
Exhibit 12(b)
 Certification of Richard Solomons filed pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(a)
Exhibit 13(a)
 Certification of Andrew Cosslett and Richard Solomons furnished pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(b) and 18 U.S.C.1350
Exhibit 15(a)
 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP (included onpage F-4)

80


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON
INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
 
 
Management of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC (“Company” and together with its subsidiaries the “Group”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined inRule 13a-15(f)or 15d-15(f)promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Group’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the Company’s Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
The Group’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the Group’s transactions and dispositions of the Group’s assets; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Group are being made only in accordance with authorizations of the Group’s management and directors; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Group’s assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In connection with the preparation of the Group’s annual consolidated financial statements, management has undertaken an assessment of the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008 based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organisations of the Treadway Commission (the “COSO”).
 
Based on this assessment, management has concluded that as of December 31, 2008, the Group’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.
 
Ernst & Young LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the Group’s consolidated financial statements, has issued an attestation report on the Group’s internal control over financial reporting, a copy of which appears on the next page of this Annual Report.


F-1


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC:
 
We have audited InterContinental Hotels Group PLC’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the “COSO criteria”). InterContinental Hotels Group PLC’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanyingForm 20-F.Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Group’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A group’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A group’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the group; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the group are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the group; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the group’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, InterContinental Hotels Group PLC maintained, in all material aspects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on the COSO criteria.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related Consolidated Income Statements, Consolidated Statements of Recognized Income and Expense, Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Funds and Consolidated Cash Flow Statements for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008, and the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 18. Financial Statements, and our report dated April 6, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
 
ERNST & YOUNG LLP
London, England
 
April 6, 2009
 


F-2


Table of Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC
 
We have audited the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related Consolidated Income Statements, Consolidated Statements of Recognized Income and Expense, Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Funds and Consolidated Cash Flow Statements for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008. Our audits also included the financial statements schedule listed in the Index at Item 18. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Group’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the consolidated results of its operations and its consolidated cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008, in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union and International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
 
As discussed in Note 1, the accompanying financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2007 have been restated.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated April 6, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
 
ERNST & YOUNG LLP
London, England
April 6, 2009


F-3


Table of Contents

 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements(Form F-3No. 333-108084andForm S-8Nos.333-01572,333-08336,333-99785,333-104691and333-126139)of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC of the reference to our name in “Item 3. Key Information” and our reports dated April 6, 2009, with respect to the Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedule of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC, included in this Annual Report(Form 20-F)for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
ERNST & YOUNG LLP
London, England
April 6, 2009


F-4


Table of Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
 
 
                                     
  Year ended December 31,
  Year ended December 31,
  Year ended December 31,
 
  2008  2007  2006 
  Before
  Exceptional
     Before
  Exceptional
     Before
  Exceptional
    
  exceptional
  items
     exceptional
  items
     exceptional
  items
    
For the year ended December 31, 2008
 items  (Note 5)  Total  items  (Note 5)  Total  items  (Note 5)  Total 
  ($ million) 
 
Revenue (Note 2)
  1,854      1,854   1,771      1,771   1,446      1,446 
Cost of sales
  (823)     (823)  (825)     (825)  (653)     (653)
Administrative expenses
  (400)  (59)  (459)  (377)  (14)  (391)  (331)     (331)
Other operating income and expenses
  14   25   39   16   70   86   7   44   51 
                                     
   645   (34)  611   585   56   641   469   44   513 
Depreciation and amortization (Note 2)
  (110)  (2)  (112)  (111)  (2)  (113)  (102)     (102)
Impairment (Note 2)
     (96)  (96)     6   6      4   4 
                                     
Operating profit (Note 2)
  535   (132)  403   474   60   534   367   48   415 
Financial income (Note 6)
  12      12   18      18   48      48 
Financial expenses (Note 6)
  (113)     (113)  (108)     (108)  (68)     (68)
                                     
Profit before tax
  434   (132)  302   384   60   444   347   48   395 
Tax (Note 7)
  (96)  42   (54)  (84)  60   (24)  (76)  173   97 
                                     
Profit for the year from continuing operations
  338   (90)  248   300   120   420   271   221   492 
Profit for the year from discontinued operations (Note 11)
  9   5   14   11   32   43   36   226   262 
                                     
Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the parent
  347   (85)  262   311   152   463   307   447   754 
                                     
Earnings per ordinary share (Note 9)
                                    
Continuing operations:
                                    
Basic
          86.4¢           131.3¢           126.5¢ 
Diluted
          83.8¢           127.7¢           123.3¢ 
Total operations:
                                    
Basic
          91.3¢           144.7¢           193.8¢ 
Diluted
          88.5¢           140.7¢           189.0¢ 
 
The Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these Financial Statements.


F-5


Table of Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
 
 
             
  Year ended
  Year ended
  Year ended
 
  December 31,
  December 31,
  December 31,
 
  2008  2007 restated*  2006 
  ($ million) 
 
Income and expense recognized directly in equity
            
(Losses)/gains on valuation of available-for-sale assets
  (4)  8   29 
(Losses)/gains on cash flow hedges
  (14)  (2)  2 
Exchange differences on retranslation of foreign operations
  (57)  23   152 
Actuarial (losses)/gains on defined benefit pension plans, net of asset restriction
  (50)  8   (4)
             
   (125)  37   179 
             
Transfers to the income statement
            
On cash flow hedges: financial expenses
  2   (2)  (2)
On disposal of foreign operations: gain on disposal of assets
        (3)
On disposal of available-for-sale assets: other operating income and expenses
  (17)  (20)  (26)
             
   (15)  (22)  (31)
             
Tax
            
Tax on items above taken directly to or transferred from equity
  22   11   7 
Tax related to share schemes recognized directly in equity
  2   (4)  48 
             
   24   7   55 
             
Net (expense)/income recognized directly in equity
  (116)  22   203 
Profit for the year
  262   463   754 
             
Total recognized income and expense for the year attributable to the equity holders of the parent
  146   485   957 
             
 
 
*Restated for IFRIC 14 (see page F-11).
 
The Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these Financial Statements.


F-6


Table of Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
 
 
         
     December 31,
 
  December 31,
  2007
 
  2008  restated* 
  ($ million) 
 
ASSETS
        
Property, plant and equipment — (Note 10)
  1,684   1,934 
Goodwill — (Note 12)
  143   221 
Intangible assets — (Note 13)
  302   335 
Investment in associates — (Note 14)
  43   65 
Retirement benefit assets — (Note 3)
  40   49 
Other financial assets — (Note 15)
  152   188 
         
Total non-current assets
  2,364   2,792 
         
Inventories — (Note 16)
  4   6 
Trade and other receivables — (Note 17)
  412   472 
Current tax receivable
  36   109 
Cash and cash equivalents — (Note 18)
  82   105 
Other financial assets — (Note 15)
  10   18 
         
Total current assets
  544   710 
         
Non-current assets classified as held for sale — (Note 11)
  210   115 
         
Total assets (Note 2)
  3,118   3,617 
         
LIABILITIES
        
Loans and other borrowings — (Note 20)
  (21)  (16)
Trade and other payables — (Note 19)
  (746)  (784)
Current tax payable
  (374)  (426)
         
Total current liabilities
  (1,141)  (1,226)
         
Loans and other borrowings — (Note 20)
  (1,334)  (1,748)
Retirement benefit obligations — (Note 3)
  (129)  (112)
Trade and other payables — (Note 19)
  (392)  (279)
Deferred tax payable — (Note 25)
  (117)  (148)
         
Total non-current liabilities
  (1,972)  (2,287)
         
Liabilities classified as held for sale — (Note 11)
  (4)  (6)
         
Total liabilities (Note 2)
  (3,117)  (3,519)
         
Net assets
  1   98 
         
EQUITY
        
Equity share capital
  118   163 
Capital redemption reserve
  10   10 
Shares held by employee share trusts
  (49)  (83)
Other reserves
  (2,890)  (2,918)
Unrealized gains and losses reserve
  9   38 
Currency translation reserve
  172   233 
Retained earnings
  2,624   2,649 
         
IHG shareholders’ equity
  (6)  92 
Minority equity interest — (Note 26)
  7   6 
         
Total equity
  1   98 
         
 
 
*Restated for IFRIC 14 (see page F-11).
 
The Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these Financial Statements.


F-7


Table of Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
 
 
                                         
        Retained earnings and other reserves 
                 Shares
             
  Share Capital           held by
  Unrealized
          
  Number of
        Capital
     employee
  gains and
  Currency
     Total IHG
 
  ordinary
  Ordinary
  Share
  redemption
  Other
  share
  losses
  translation
  Retained
  shareholders’
 
  shares(i)  shares(i)  premium(ii)  reserve(ii)  reserves(iii)  trusts(iv)  reserve(v)  reserve(vi)  earnings  equity 
  ($ million, except per ordinary share amounts) 
 
At January 1, 2006
  433   74   10   2   (2,906)  (38)  40   60   4,628   1,870 
Total recognized income and expense for the year
                    14   149   794   957 
Issue of ordinary shares
  4   1   36                     37 
Repurchase of shares
  (28)  (6)                    (472)  (478)
Share capital consolidation
  (53)                           
Transfer to capital redemption reserve
           6               (6)   
Purchase of own shares by employee share trusts
                 (86)           (86)
Release of own shares by employee share trusts
                 96         (68)  28 
Equity-settled share-based cost
                          33   33 
Equity dividends paid
                          (1,031)  (1,031)
Exchange adjustments
     11   3      (8)  (5)  (1)         
                                         
At December 31, 2006
  356   80   49   8   (2,914)  (33)  53   209   3,878   1,330 
Total recognized income and expense for the year
                    (16)  24   477   485 
Issue of ordinary shares
  4   1   31                     32 
Repurchase of shares
  (8)  (2)                    (160)  (162)
Share capital consolidation
  (57)                           
Transfer to capital redemption reserve
           2               (2)   
Purchase of own shares by employee share trusts
                 (138)           (138)
Release of own shares by employee share trusts
                 89         (80)  9 
Equity-settled share-based cost
                          60   60 
Equity dividends paid
                          (1,524)  (1,524)
Exchange adjustments
     2   2      (4)  (1)  1          
                                         
At December 31, 2007
  295   81   82   10   (2,918)  (83)  38   233   2,649   92 
Total recognized income and expense for the year
                    (29)  (61)  236   146 
Issue of ordinary shares
        2                     2 
Repurchase of shares
  (9)  (3)                    (136)  (139)
Transfer to capital redemption reserve
           3               (3)   
Purchase of own shares by employee share trusts
                 (24)           (24)
Release of own shares by employee share trusts
                 39         (53)  (14)
Equity-settled share-based cost
                          49   49 
Equity dividends paid
                          (118)  (118)
Exchange adjustments
     (21)  (23)  (3)  28   19             
                                         
At December 31, 2008
  286   57   61   10   (2,890)  (49)  9   172   2,624   (6)
                                         
 
 
At December 31, 2005 the authorized share capital was £160,050,000 comprising 1,600,000,000 ordinary shares of 10 pence each and one redeemable preference share of £50,000.
 
The Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these Financial Statements.


F-8


Table of Contents

(i)The Company was incorporated and registered in England and Wales with registered number 5134420 on May 21, 2004 as a limited company under the Companies Act 1985 with the name Hackremco (No. 2154) Limited. On March 24, 2005 Hackremco (No. 2154) Limited changed its name to New InterContinental Hotels Group Limited. On April 27, 2005 New InterContinental Hotels Group Limited re-registered as a public limited company and changed its name to New InterContinental Hotels Group PLC. On June 27, 2005 New InterContinental Hotels Group PLC changed its name to InterContinental Hotels Group PLC.
 
During 2004 and 2005, the Company undertook to return funds of up to £750 million to shareholders by way of three consecutive £250 million share repurchase programs, the third of which was completed in the first half of 2007. In June 2007, a further £150 million share repurchase program commenced. During the year, 9,219,325 (2007 7,724,844, 2006 28,409,753) ordinary shares were repurchased and canceled under the authorities granted by shareholders at Extraordinary General Meetings held on June 1, 2006 and 2007 and at the Annual General Meeting held on May 30, 2008.
 
On June 1, 2006, shareholders approved a share capital consolidation on the basis of seven new ordinary shares for every eight existing ordinary shares. This provided for all the authorized ordinary shares of 10 pence each (whether issued or unissued) to be consolidated into new ordinary shares of 113/7pence each. The share capital consolidation became effective on June 12, 2006.
 
On June 1, 2007, shareholders approved a share capital consolidation on the basis of 47 new ordinary shares for every 56 existing ordinary shares. This provided for all the authorized ordinary shares of 113/7pence each (whether issued or unissued) to be consolidated into new ordinary shares of 1329/47pence each. The share capital consolidation became effective on June 4, 2007.
 
Whilst the authorized share capital comprises one redeemable preference share of £50,000, following its redemption in September 2005, this redeemable preference share has not been re-issued.
 
The authority given to the Company at the Annual General Meeting on May 30, 2008 to purchase its own shares was still valid at December 31, 2008. A resolution to renew the authority will be put to shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on May 29, 2009.
 
At December 31, 2008, the authorized share capital was £160,050,000, comprising 1,175,000,000 ordinary shares of 1329/47pence each and one redeemable preference share of £50,000.
 
(ii)The share premium reserve and capital redemption reserve are not distributable. The share premium reserve has a balance of $61 million (2007 $82 million, 2006 $49 million) representing the amount of proceeds received for shares in excess of their nominal value. The capital redemption reserve records the nominal value of equity share capital repurchased and canceled.
 
(iii)Other reserves comprises the merger and revaluation reserves previously recognized under UK GAAP, together with the reserve arising as a consequence of the Group’s capital reorganization in June 2005. Following the change in presentational currency to the US dollar (see page F-11), this reserve also includes exchange differences arising on the retranslation to period-end exchange rates of share capital, share premium, the capital redemption reserve and shares held by employee share trusts.
 
(iv)The shares held by employee share trusts comprises $49.2 million (2007 $82.6 million, 2006 $33.0 million) in respect of 3.0 million (2007 3.4 million, 2006 1.7 million) InterContinental Hotels Group PLC ordinary shares held by employee share trusts, with a market value at December 31, 2008 of $25 million (2007 $60 million, 2006 $41 million).
 
(v)The unrealized gains and losses reserve records movements to fair value of available-for-sale financial assets and the effective portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value of the cash flow hedging instruments related to hedged transactions that have not yet occurred. The fair value of cash flow hedging instruments outstanding at December 31, 2008 was a $10 million liability (2007 $3 million liability, 2006 $2 million asset).
 
(vi)The currency translation reserve records the movement in exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of foreign operations and exchange differences on foreign currency borrowings and derivative instruments that provide a hedge against net investments in foreign operations. On adoption of IFRS, cumulative exchange differences were deemed to be $nil as permitted by IFRS 1.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2008, the impact of hedging net investments in foreign operations was to reduce the amount recorded in the currency translation reserve by $96 million (2007 $14 million, 2006 $7 million). The fair value of derivative instruments designated as hedges of net investments in foreign operations outstanding at December 31, 2008 was $nil (2007 $nil, 2006 $7 million net asset).
 
The Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these Financial Statements.


F-9


Table of Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
 
 
             
  Year ended
  Year ended
  Year ended
 
  December 31,
  December 31,
  December 31,
 
  2008  2007  2006 
  ($ million) 
 
Profit for the year
  262   463   754 
Adjustments for:
            
Net financial expenses
  101   90   20 
Income tax charge/(credit)
  59   30   (76)
Impairment
  96   (6)  (4)
Other exceptional operating items
  34   (56)  (44)
Gain on disposal of assets, net of tax
  (5)  (32)  (226)
Depreciation and amortization
  112   116   118 
Equity-settled share-based cost, net of payments
  31   48   26 
Other non-cash items
  3   (4)   
             
Operating cash flow before movements in working capital
  693   649   568 
Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables
  42   (30)  (57)
Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables
  81   52   18 
Retirement benefit contributions, net of charge
  (27)  (66)   
Cash flows relating to exceptional operating items
  (49)      
             
Cash flow from operations
  740   605   529 
Interest paid
  (112)  (84)  (61)
Interest received
  12   18   44 
Tax received/(paid) on operating activities
  1   (74)  (79)
             
Net cash from operating activities
  641   465   433 
             
Cash flow from investing activities
            
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
  (53)  (114)  (160)
Purchases of intangible assets
  (49)  (40)  (42)
Investment in associates and other financial assets
  (6)  (32)  (15)
Acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash acquired
        (11)
Disposal of assets, net of costs and cash disposed of
  25   97   1,140 
Proceeds from associates and other financial assets
  61   114   228 
Tax paid on disposals
  (3)  (64)  (11)
             
Net cash from investing activities
  (25)  (39)  1,129 
             
Cash flow from financing activities
            
Proceeds from the issue of share capital
  2   32   37 
Purchase of own shares
  (139)  (162)  (478)
Purchase of own shares by employee share trusts
  (22)  (138)  (86)
Proceeds on release of own shares by employee share trusts
  2   21   35 
Dividends paid to shareholders
  (118)  (1,524)  (1,031)
Dividends paid to minority interests
        (2)
(Decrease)/increase in borrowings
  (316)  1,108   (316)
             
Net cash from financing activities
  (591)  (663)  (1,841)
             
Net movement in cash and cash equivalents in the year
  25   (237)  (279)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year
  105   351   559 
Exchange rate effects
  (48)  (9)  71 
             
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year
  82   105   351 
             
 
The Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these Financial Statements.


F-10


Table of Contents

 
Note 1 — Accounting Policies
 
General information
 
The consolidated financial statements of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC (the “Group” or “IHG”) for the year ended December 31, 2008 were authorized for issue in accordance with a resolution of the Directors on February 16, 2009. InterContinental Hotels Group PLC is incorporated in Great Britain and registered in England and Wales.
 
Summary of significant accounting policies
 
Basis of preparation
 
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the European Union (“EU”), and in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 1985. IFRS as adopted by the EU differs in certain respects from IFRS as issued by the IASB, however, the differences have no impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements for the years presented.
 
The Group early adopted International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee Interpretation 14 “IAS 19 -The Limit on a Defined Benefit Asset, Minimum Funding Requirements and their Interaction” (“IFRIC 14”) for the first time at December 31, 2007. IFRIC 14 provides guidance on assessing the limit in International Accounting Standard 19 “Employee Benefits” (“IAS 19”) on the amount of the surplus that can be recognized as an asset. The December 31, 2007 balance sheet has subsequently been restated to show the retirement benefit assets net of tax of $17 million previously recorded within deferred tax payable. There have been corresponding changes of $17 million to the actuarial gains and related tax reported in the restated Consolidated Statement of Recognized Income and Expense for the year December 31, 2007. There is no change to previously reported net assets or income.
 
Other new accounting standards and interpretations issued by the IASB and the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (“IFRIC”), becoming effective during the year, have not had a material impact on the Group’s financial statements.
 
Change in presentational currency
 
The consolidated financial statements are presented in US dollars following a management decision to change the reporting currency from sterling during the year. The change has been made to reflect the profile of the Group’s revenue and operating profit which are now primarily generated in US dollars or US dollar-linked currencies. All comparative information has been restated into US dollars and values are rounded to the nearest million ($m) except where otherwise indicated. Dividends are now determined in US dollars and converted into sterling immediately before announcement.
 
The currency translation reserve was set to nil at January 1, 2004 on transition to IFRS and this reserve has been re-presented on the basis that the Group has reported in US dollars since this date. Equity share capital, the capital redemption reserve and shares held by employee share trusts are translated into US dollars at the rates of exchange on the balance sheet date; the resultant exchange differences are recorded in other reserves.
 
Basis of consolidation
 
The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of the parent company and entities controlled by the Group. All intra group balances and transactions have been eliminated.
 
The results of those businesses acquired or disposed of are consolidated for the period during which they were under the Group’s control.
 
Foreign currencies
 
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the functional currency at the exchange rates ruling on the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated to the


F-11


Table of Contents

functional currency at the relevant rates of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. All foreign exchange differences arising on translation are recognized in the income statement except on foreign currency borrowings that provide a hedge against a net investment in a foreign operation. These are taken directly to the currency translation reserve until the disposal of the net investment, at which time they are recycled against the gain or loss on disposal.
 
The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill, are translated into US dollars at the relevant rates of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. The revenues and expenses of foreign operations are translated into US dollars at average rates of exchange for the period. The exchange differences arising on the retranslation are taken directly to the currency translation reserve. On disposal of a foreign operation, the cumulative amount recognized in the currency translation reserve relating to that particular foreign operation is recycled against the gain or loss on disposal.
 
Derivative financial instruments and hedging
 
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments are accounted for in line with the nature of the hedging arrangement. The Group’s detailed accounting policies with respect to hedging instruments are set out in Note 21. Documentation outlining the measurement and effectiveness of the hedging arrangement is maintained throughout the life of the hedge relationship. Any ineffective element of a hedge arrangement is recognized in financial income or expense.
 
Interest arising from currency swap agreements is taken to financial income or expense on a gross basis over the term of the relevant agreements. Interest arising from other currency derivatives and interest rate swaps is taken to financial income or expense on a net basis over the term of the agreement.
 
Foreign exchange gains and losses on currency derivatives are recognized in financial income and expense unless they form part of effective hedge relationships.
 
The fair value of derivatives is calculated by discounting the expected future cash flows at prevailing interest rates.
 
Property, plant and equipment
 
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less depreciation and any impairment.
 
Borrowing costs are not capitalized but will be, if material, from January 1, 2009, on adoption of the amendment to IAS 23 “Borrowing costs.”
 
Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.
 
Land is not depreciated. All other property, plant and equipment are depreciated to a residual value over their estimated useful lives, namely:
 
   
Buildings
 lesser of 50 years and unexpired term of lease; and
Fixtures, fittings and equipment
 three to 25 years.
 
All depreciation is charged on a straight-line basis. Residual value is reassessed annually.
 
Property, plant and equipment are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Assets that do not generate independent cash flows are combined into cash-generating units. If carrying values exceed estimated recoverable amount, the assets or cash-generating units are written down to their recoverable amount. Recoverable amount is the greater of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. Value in use is assessed based on estimated future cash flows discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset.
 
On adoption of IFRS, the Group retained previous revaluations of property, plant and equipment at deemed cost as permitted by IFRS 1 “First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards.”


F-12


Table of Contents

Goodwill
 
Goodwill arises on consolidation and is recorded at cost, being the excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair value at the date of acquisition of the Group’s share of identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities. Following initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses.
 
Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually by comparing carrying values of cash-generating units with their recoverable amounts.
 
Intangible assets
 
Software
 
Acquired software licenses and software developed in-house are capitalized on the basis of the costs incurred to acquire and bring to use the specific software. Costs are amortized over estimated useful lives of three to five years on a straight-line basis.
 
Management contracts
 
When assets are sold and a purchaser enters into a management or franchise contract with the Group, the Group capitalizes as part of the gain or loss on disposal an estimate of the fair value of the contract entered into. The value of management contracts is amortized over the life of the contract which ranges from six to 50 years on a straight-line basis.
 
Other intangible assets
 
Amounts paid to hotel owners to secure management contracts and franchise agreements are capitalized and amortized over the shorter of the contracted period and 10 years on a straight-line basis.
 
Internally generated development costs are expensed unless forecast revenues exceed attributable forecast development costs, at which time they are capitalized and amortized over the life of the asset.
 
Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.
 
Associates
 
An associate is an entity over which the Group has the ability to exercise significant influence, but not control, through participation in the financial and operating policy decisions of the entity.
 
Associates are accounted for using the equity method unless the associate is classified as held for sale. Under the equity method, the Group’s investment is recorded at cost adjusted by the Group’s share of post-acquisition profits and losses. When the Group’s share of losses exceeds its interest in an associate, the Group’s carrying amount is reduced to $nil and recognition of further losses is discontinued except to the extent that the Group has incurred legal or constructive obligations or made payments on behalf of an associate.
 
Financial assets
 
The Group classifies its financial assets into one of the two following categories: loans and receivables or available-for-sale financial assets. Management determines the classification on initial recognition and they are subsequently held at amortized cost (loans and receivables) or fair value (available-for-sale financial assets). Interest on loans and receivables is calculated using the effective interest rate method and is recognized in the income statement as interest income. Changes in fair values of available-for-sale financial assets are recorded directly in equity within the unrealized gains and losses reserve. On disposal, the accumulated fair value adjustments recognized in equity are recycled to the income statement. Dividends from available-for-sale financial assets are recognized in the income statement as operating income and expenses.


F-13


Table of Contents

Financial assets are tested for impairment at each balance sheet date. If an available-for-sale financial asset is impaired, the difference between original cost and fair value is transferred from equity to the income statement to the extent of any cumulative loss recorded in equity, with any excess charged directly to the income statement.
 
Financial liabilities
 
Financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method. A financial liability is derecognized when the obligation under the liability expires, is discharged or canceled.
 
Inventories
 
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value.
 
Trade receivables
 
Trade receivables are recorded at their original amount less provision for impairment. It is the Group’s policy to provide for 100% of the previous month’s aged receivables balances which are more than 180 days past due. Adjustments to the policy may be made due to specific or exceptional circumstances when collection is no longer considered probable. The carrying amount of the receivable is reduced through the use of a provision account and movements in the provision are recognized in the income statement within cost of sales. When a previously provided trade receivable is uncollectable, it is written off against the provision.
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
Cash comprises cash in hand and demand deposits.
 
Cash equivalents are short-term highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and subject to insignificant risk of changes in value.
 
In the cash flow statement cash and cash equivalents are shown net of short-term overdrafts which are repayable on demand and form an integral part of the Group’s cash management.
 
Assets held for sale
 
Non-current assets and associated liabilities are classified as held for sale when their carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than continuing use and a sale is highly probable.
 
Assets designated as held for sale are held at the lower of carrying amount at designation and fair value less costs to sell.
 
Depreciation is not charged against property, plant and equipment classified as held for sale.
 
Trade payables
 
Trade payables are non-interest-bearing and are stated at their nominal value.
 
Loyalty program
 
The hotel loyalty program, Priority Club Rewards (“PCR”), enables members to earn points, funded through hotel assessments, during each stay at an IHG branded hotel and redeem the points at a later date for free accommodation or other benefits. The future redemption liability is included in trade and other payables and is estimated using eventual redemption rates determined by actuarial methods and points values.
 
The Group pays interest to the loyalty program on the accumulated cash received in advance of redemption of the points awarded.


F-14


Table of Contents

Self insurance
 
The Group is self-insured for various insurable risks including general liability, workers’ compensation and employee medical and dental coverage. Insurance reserves include projected settlements for known and incurred but not reported claims. Projected settlements are estimated based on historical trends and actuarial data.
 
Provisions
 
Provisions are recognized when the Group has a present obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable that a payment will be made and a reliable estimate of the amount payable can be made. If the effect of the time value of money is material, the provision is discounted.
 
Bank and other borrowings
 
Bank and other borrowings are initially recognized at the fair value of the consideration received less directly attributable transaction costs. They are subsequently measured at amortized cost. Finance charges, including issue costs, are charged to the income statement using an effective interest rate method.
 
Borrowings are classified as non-current when the repayment date is more than 12 months from the balance sheet date or where they are drawn on a facility with more than 12 months to expiry.
 
Retirement benefits
 
Defined contribution plans
 
Payments to defined contribution schemes are charged to the income statement as they fall due.
 
Defined benefit plans
 
Plan assets are measured at fair value and plan liabilities are measured on an actuarial basis, using the projected unit credit method and discounting at an interest rate equivalent to the current rate of return on a high quality corporate bond of equivalent currency and term to the plan liabilities. The difference between the value of plan assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date is the amount of surplus or deficit recorded on the balance sheet as an asset or liability. An asset is recognized when the employer has an unconditional right to use the surplus at some point during the life of the plan or on its wind up. If a refund would be subject to a tax other than income tax, as is the case in the United Kingdom, the asset is recorded at the amount net of tax.
 
The service cost of providing pension benefits to employees for the year is charged to the income statement. The cost of making improvements to pensions is recognized in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the period during which any increase in benefits vests. To the extent that improvements in benefits vest immediately, the cost is recognized immediately as an expense.
 
Actuarial gains and losses may result from: differences between the expected return and the actual return on plan assets; differences between the actuarial assumptions underlying the plan liabilities and actual experience during the year; or changes in the actuarial assumptions used in the valuation of the plan liabilities. Actuarial gains and losses, and taxation thereon, are recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Recognized Income and Expense.
 
Actuarial valuations are normally carried out every three years and are updated for material transactions and other material changes in circumstances (including changes in market prices and interest rates) up to the balance sheet date.


F-15


Table of Contents

Taxes
 
Current tax
 
Current income tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior periods are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the tax authorities including interest. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.
 
Deferred tax
 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized in respect of temporary differences between the tax base and carrying value of assets and liabilities, including accelerated capital allowances, unrelieved tax losses, unremitted profits from overseas where the Group does not control remittance, gains rolled over into replacement assets, gains on previously revalued properties and other short-term temporary differences.
 
Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is regarded as probable that the deductible temporary differences can be realized. The recoverability of all deferred tax assets is reassessed at each balance sheet date.
 
Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the periods in which the asset or liability will be settled, based on rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.
 
Revenue recognition
 
Revenue is derived from the following sources: owned and leased properties; management fees; franchise fees and other revenues which are ancillary to the Group’s operations, including technology fee income.
 
Generally, revenue represents sales (excluding VAT and similar taxes) of goods and services, net of discounts, provided in the normal course of business and recognized when services have been rendered. The following is a description of the composition of revenues of the Group.
 
Owned and leased — primarily derived from hotel operations, including the rental of rooms and food and beverage sales from owned and leased hotels operated under the Group’s brand names. Revenue is recognized when rooms are occupied and food and beverages are sold.
 
Management fees — earned from hotels managed by the Group, usually under long-term contracts with the hotel owner. Management fees include a base fee, which is generally a percentage of hotel revenue, and an incentive fee, which is generally based on the hotel’s profitability or cash flows. Revenue is recognized when earned and realized or realizable under the terms of the contract.
 
Franchise fees — received in connection with the license of the Group’s brand names, usually under long-term contracts with the hotel owner. The Group charges franchise royalty fees as a percentage of room revenue. Revenue is recognized when earned and realized or realizable under the terms of the agreement.
 
Share-based payments
 
The cost of equity-settled transactions with employees is measured by reference to fair value at the date at which the shares are granted. Fair value is determined by an external valuer using option pricing models.
 
The cost of equity-settled transactions is recognized, together with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period in which any performance or other conditions are fulfilled, ending on the date on which the relevant employees become fully entitled to the award (vesting date).
 
The income statement charge for a period represents the movement in cumulative expense recognized at the beginning and end of that period. No expense is recognized for awards that do not ultimately vest, except for awards where vesting is conditional upon a market condition, which are treated as vesting irrespective of whether or not the market condition is satisfied, provided that all other performance conditions are satisfied.
 
The Group has taken advantage of the transitional provisions of IFRS 2 “Share-based Payments” in respect of equity-settled awards and has applied IFRS 2 only to equity-settled awards granted after November 7, 2002 that had not vested before January 1, 2005.


F-16


Table of Contents

Leases
 
Operating lease rentals are charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.
 
Assets held under finance leases, which transfer to the Group substantially all the risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the leased item, are capitalized at the inception of the lease, with a corresponding liability being recognized for the fair value of the leased asset or, if lower, the present value of the minimum lease payments. Lease payments are apportioned between the reduction of the lease liability and finance charges in the income statement so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Assets held under finance leases are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset and the lease term.
 
Disposal of non-current assets
 
The Group recognizes the sales proceeds and related gain or loss on disposal on completion of the sales process. In determining whether the gain or loss should be recorded, the Group considers whether it:
 
  • has a continuing managerial involvement to the degree associated with asset ownership;
 
  • has transferred the significant risks and rewards associated with asset ownership; and
 
  • can reliably measure and will actually receive the proceeds.
 
Discontinued operations
 
Discontinued operations are those relating to hotels sold or those classified as held for sale when the results relate to a separate line of business, geographical area of operations, or where there is a co-ordinated plan to dispose of a separate line of business or geographical area of operations.
 
Exceptional items
 
The Group discloses certain financial information both including and excluding exceptional items. The presentation of information excluding exceptional items allows a better understanding of the underlying trading performance of the Group and provides consistency with the Group’s internal management reporting. Exceptional items are identified by virtue of either their size or nature so as to facilitate comparison with prior periods and to assess underlying trends in financial performance. Exceptional items can include, but are not restricted to, gains and losses on the disposal of assets, impairment charges and reversals, restructuring costs and the release of tax provisions.
 
Use of accounting estimates and judgments
 
The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions.
 
The estimates and assumptions that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in the financial statements are:
 
  • Impairment — the Group determines whether goodwill is impaired on an annual basis or more frequently if there are indicators of impairment. Other non-current assets, including property, plant and equipment, are tested for impairment if there are indicators of impairment. Impairment testing requires an estimate of future cash flows and the choice of a suitable discount rate and, in the case of hotels, an assessment of recoverable amount based on comparable market transactions.
 
  • Retirement and other post-employment benefits — the cost of defined benefit pension plans and other post-employment benefits is determined using actuarial valuations. The actuarial valuation involves making assumptions about discount rates, expected rates of return on assets, future salary increases, mortality rates and future pension increases.


F-17


Table of Contents

 
  • Tax — provisions for tax accruals require judgments on the interpretation of tax legislation, developments in tax case law and the potential outcomes of tax audits and appeals. In addition, deferred tax assets are recognized for unused tax attributes to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which they can be utilized. Judgment is required as to the amount that can be recognized based on the likely amount and timing of future taxable profits, taking into account expected tax planning. Deferred tax balances are dependent on management’s expectations regarding the manner and timing of recovery of the related assets.
 
  • Loyalty program — the future redemption liability included in trade and other payables is estimated using actuarial methods based on statistical formulae that project the timing of future point redemptions based on historical levels to give eventual redemption rates.
 
  • Trade receivables — a provision for impairment of trade receivables is made on the basis of historical experience and other factors considered relevant by management.
 
  • Other — the Group also makes estimates and judgments in the valuation of management and franchise agreements acquired on asset disposals, the valuation of financial assets classified as available-for-sale, the outcome of legal proceedings and claims and in the valuation of share-based payment costs.
 
New standards and interpretations
 
The IASB and IFRIC issued the following standards and interpretations with an effective date after the date of these financial statements. They have not been adopted early by the Group and will be adopted in accordance with the effective date. The Directors do not anticipate that the adoption of these standards and interpretations will have a material impact on the Group’s reported income or net assets in the period of adoption.
 
   
IFRS 2
 Share-based Payment (Amendment)
Effective from January 1, 2009
IFRS 3R
 Business Combinations
Effective from July 1, 2009
IFRS 5
 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations (Amendment)
Effective from July 1, 2009
IFRS 8
 Operating Segments
Effective from January 1, 2009
IAS 1
 Presentation of Financial Statements (Amendment)
Effective from January 1, 2009
IAS 23
 Borrowing Costs (Amendment)
Effective from January 1, 2009
IAS 27R
 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements
Effective from July 1, 2009.
IFRIC 13
 Customer Loyalty Programmes
Effective from July 1, 2008.
IFRIC 16
 Hedges of a Net Investment in a Foreign Operation
Effective from October 1, 2008.
 
Note: the effective dates are in respect of accounting periods beginning on or after the date shown.


F-18


Table of Contents

Note 2 — Exchange Rates and Segmental Information
 
Exchange Rates
 
The results of operations have been translated into US dollars at the average rates of exchange for the year. In the case of sterling, the translation rate is $1 = £0.55 (2007 $1 = £0.50, 2006 $1 = £0.54). In the case of the euro, the translation rate is $1 = €0.68 (2007 $1 = €0.73, 2006 $1 = €0.80).
 
Assets and liabilities have been translated into US dollars at the rates of exchange on the balance sheet date. In the case of sterling, the translation rate is $1 = £0.69 (2007 $1 = £0.50, 2006 $1 = £0.51). In the case of the euro, the translation rate is $1 = €0.71 (2007 $1 = €0.68, 2006 $1 = €0.76).
 
Segmental Information
 
The primary segmental reporting format is determined to be three main geographical regions:
 
Americas;
 
Europe, the Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”); and
 
Asia Pacific.
 
These, together with Central functions, form the principal format by which management is organized and makes operational decisions. Central functions include costs of global functions including technology, sales and marketing, finance, human resources and corporate services; revenue arises principally from technology fee income.
 
The Group further breaks each geographical region into three distinct business models which offer different growth, return, risk and reward opportunities:
 
Franchised
 
Where the Group neither owns nor manages the hotel, but licenses the use of a Group brand and provides access to reservation systems, loyalty schemes, and know-how. The Group derives revenues from a brand royalty or licensing fee, based on a percentage of room revenue.
 
Managed
 
Where, in addition to licensing the use of a Group brand, the Group manages the hotel for third-party owners. The Group derives revenues from base and incentive management fees and provides the system infrastructure necessary for the hotel to operate. Management contract fees are generally a percentage of hotel revenue and may have an additional incentive fee linked to profitability or cash flow. The terms of these agreements vary, but are often long-term (for example, 10 years or more). The Group’s responsibilities under the management agreement typically include hiring, training and supervising the managers and employees that operate the hotels under the relevant brand standards. In order to gain access to central reservation systems, global and regional brand marketing and brand standards and procedures, owners are typically required to make a further contribution.
 
Owned and leased
 
Where the Group both owns (or leases) and operates the hotel and, in the case of ownership, takes all the benefits and risks associated with ownership.
 
Segmental results, assets and liabilities include items directly attributable to a segment as well as those that can be allocated on a reasonable basis.


F-19


Table of Contents

Segmental Information
 
Year ended December 31, 2008
 
Revenue
 
                     
        Asia
       
  Americas  EMEA  Pacific  Central  Total 
  ($ million) 
 
Owned and leased
  257   240   159      656 
Managed
  168   168   113      449 
Franchised
  495   110   18      623 
Central
           126   126 
                     
Continuing operations
  920   518   290   126   1,854 
Discontinued operations — owned and leased
  43            43 
                     
                     
   963   518   290   126   1,897 
                     
 
Segmental result
 
                     
        Asia
       
  Americas  EMEA  Pacific  Central  Total 
  ($ million) 
 
Owned and leased
  41   45   43      129 
Managed
  51   95   55      201 
Franchised
  426   75   8      509 
Regional and central
  (67)  (44)  (38)  (155)  (304)
                     
Continuing operations
  451   171   68   (155)  535 
Exceptional operating items
  (99)  (21)  (2)  (10)  (132)
                     
Operating profit
  352   150   66   (165)  403 
Discontinued operations — owned and leased
  14            14 
                     
   366   150   66   (165)  417 
                     
 
             
  Continuing  Discontinued  Total 
  ($ million) 
 
Operating profit before exceptional items
  535   14   549 
Exceptional operating items
  (132)     (132)
             
Operating profit
  403   14   417 
Net finance costs
  (101)     (101)
             
Profit before tax
  302   14   316 
Tax
  (54)  (5)  (59)
             
Profit after tax
  248   9   257 
Gain on disposal of assets, net of tax
     5   5 
             
Profit for the year
  248   14   262 
             


F-20


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2008
 
Assets and liabilities
 
                     
        Asia
       
  Americas  EMEA  Pacific  Central  Total 
  ($ million) 
 
Segment assets
  1,031   957   613   189   2,790 
Non-current assets classified as held for sale
  209   1         210 
                     
   1,240   958   613   189   3,000 
                     
Unallocated assets:
                    
Current tax receivable
                  36 
Cash and cash equivalents
                  82 
                     
Total assets
                  3,118 
                     
Segment liabilities
  (638)  (470)  (159)     (1,267)
Liabilities classified as held for sale
  (4)           (4)
                     
   (642)  (470)  (159)     (1,271)
                     
Unallocated liabilities:
                    
Current tax payable
                  (374)
Deferred tax payable
                  (117)
Loans and other borrowings
                  (1,355)
                     
Total liabilities
                  (3,117)
                     
 
Other segmental information
 
                     
        Asia
       
  Americas  EMEA  Pacific  Central  Total 
  ($ million) 
 
Continuing operations:
                    
Capital expenditure(i)
  12   7   13   76   108 
Additions to:
                    
Property, plant and equipment
  43   2   10   36   91 
Intangible assets
  7      2   40   49 
Depreciation and amortization(ii)
  31   35   26   20   112 
Impairment losses
  75   21         96 
Reversal of previously recorded impairment
                    
 
 
(i)Comprises purchases of property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and associates and other financial assets and acquisitions of subsidiaries as included in the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement.
 
(ii)Included in the $112 million of depreciation and amortization is $32 million relating to administrative expenses and $80 million relating to cost of sales.


F-21


Table of Contents

 
Segmental Information
 
Year ended December 31, 2007
 
Revenue
 
                     
        Asia
       
  Americas  EMEA  Pacific  Central  Total 
  ($ million) 
 
Owned and leased
  257   244   145      646 
Managed
  156   167   99      422 
Franchised
  489   81   16      586 
Central
           117   117 
                     
Continuing operations
  902   492   260   117   1,771 
Discontinued operations — owned and leased
  62   17         79 
                     
   964   509   260   117   1,850 
                     
 
Segmental result
 
                     
        Asia
       
  Americas  EMEA  Pacific  Central  Total 
  ($ million) 
 
Owned and leased
  40   33   36      109 
Managed
  41   87   46      174 
Franchised
  425   58   6      489 
Regional and central
  (66)  (44)  (25)  (163)  (298)
                     
Continuing operations
  440   134   63   (163)  474 
Exceptional operating items
  17   21   17   5   60 
                     
Operating profit
  457   155   80   (158)  534 
Discontinued operations — owned and leased
  16   1         17 
                     
   473   156   80   (158)  551 
                     
 
             
  Continuing  Discontinued  Total 
  ($ million) 
 
Operating profit before exceptional items
  474   17   491 
Exceptional operating items
  60      60 
             
Operating profit
  534   17   551 
Net finance costs
  (90)     (90)
             
Profit before tax
  444   17   461 
Tax
  (24)  (6)  (30)
             
Profit after tax
  420   11   431 
Gain on disposal of assets, net of tax
     32   32 
             
Profit for the year
  420   43   463 
             


F-22


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2007*
 
Assets and liabilities
 
                     
        Asia
       
  Americas  EMEA  Pacific  Central  Total 
  ($ million) 
 
Segment assets
  1,233   1,216   672   167   3,288 
Non-current assets classified as held for sale
  115            115 
                     
   1,348   1,216   672   167   3,403 
                     
Unallocated assets:
                    
Current tax receivable
                  109 
Cash and cash equivalents
                  105 
                     
Total assets
                  3,617 
                     
Segment liabilities
  (562)  (477)  (136)     (1,175)
Liabilities classified as held for sale
  (6)           (6)
                     
   (568)  (477)  (136)     (1,181)
                     
Unallocated liabilities:
                    
Current tax payable
                  (426)
Deferred tax payable
                  (148)
Loans and other borrowings
                  (1,764)
                     
Total liabilities
                  (3,519)
                     
 
Other segmental information
 
                     
        Asia
       
  Americas  EMEA  Pacific  Central  Total 
  ($ million) 
 
Continuing operations:
                    
Capital expenditure(i)
  57   41   40   46   184 
Additions to:
                    
Property, plant and equipment
  32   28   28   20   108 
Intangible assets
  9   9   6   26   50 
Depreciation and amortization(ii)
  33   35   22   23   113 
Reversal of previously recorded impairment
        6      6 
Discontinued operations:
                    
Capital expenditure(i)
  1   1         2 
Depreciation and amortization(ii)
  1   2         3 
 
 
*Restated for IFRIC 14 (see page F-11).
 
(i)Comprises purchases of property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and associates and other financial assets as included in the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement.
 
(ii)Included in the $116 million of depreciation and amortization is $35 million relating to administrative expenses and $81 million relating to cost of sales.


F-23


Table of Contents

 
Segmental Information
 
Year ended December 31, 2006
 
Revenue
 
                     
        Asia
       
  Americas  EMEA  Pacific  Central  Total 
  ($ million) 
 
Owned and leased
  192   169   131      492 
Managed
  143   131   65      339 
Franchised
  443   63   8      514 
Central
           101   101 
                     
Continuing operations
  778   363   204   101   1,446 
Discontinued operations — owned and leased
  74   245         319 
                     
   852   608   204   101   1,765 
                     
 
Segmental result
 
                     
  Americas  EMEA  Asia Pacific  Central  Total 
  ($ million) 
 
Owned and leased
  22   (7)  31      46 
Managed
  50   68   39      157 
Franchised
  382   44   5      431 
Regional and central
  (59)  (36)  (23)  (149)  (267)
                     
Continuing operations
  395   69   52   (149)  367 
Exceptional operating items
  44   4         48 
                     
Operating profit
  439   73   52   (149)  415 
Discontinued operations — owned and leased
  12   45         57 
                     
   451   118   52   (149)  472 
                     
 
             
  Continuing  Discontinued  Total 
  ($ million) 
 
Operating profit before exceptional items
  367   57   424 
Exceptional operating items
  48      48 
             
Operating profit
  415   57   472 
Net finance costs
  (20)     (20)
             
Profit before tax
  395   57   452 
Tax
  97   (21)  76 
             
Profit after tax
  492   36   528 
Gain on disposal of assets, net of tax
     226   226 
             
Profit for the year
  492   262   754 
             


F-24


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2006
 
Other segmental information
 
                     
        Asia
       
  Americas  EMEA  Pacific  Central  Total 
  ($ million) 
 
Continuing operations:
                    
Capital expenditure(i)
  62   90   31   28   211 
Additions to:
                    
Property, plant and equipment
  213   97   16   7   333 
Intangible assets
  18   57   2   20   97 
Depreciation and amortization(ii)
  28   31   19   24   102 
Reversal of previously recorded impairment
     4         4 
Discontinued operations:
                    
Capital expenditure(i)
  2   15         17 
Additions to property, plant and equipment
     7         7 
Depreciation and amortization(ii)
  7   9         16 
Impairment of assets held for sale
  5            5 
 
 
(i)Comprises purchases of property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and other financial assets and acquisitions of subsidiaries as included in the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement.
 
(ii)Included in the $118 million of depreciation and amortization is $39 million relating to administrative expenses and $79 million relating to cost of sales.
 
Note 3 — Staff costs and Directors’ emoluments
 
Staff
 
             
  Year ended December 31, 
  2008  2007  2006 
  ($ million) 
 
Costs:
            
Wages and salaries
  588   586   553 
Social security costs
  55   61   70 
Pension and other post-retirement benefits:
            
Defined benefit plans
  8   8   11 
Defined contribution plans
  30   25   20 
             
   681   680   654 
             
 
Average number of employees, including part-time employees:
 
             
  Year ended December 31, 
  2008  2007  2006 
  (Number) 
 
Americas
  3,570   3,761   3,771 
EMEA
  2,012   2,249   3,940 
Asia Pacific
  1,481   1,514   1,252 
Central
  1,271   1,150   1,023 
             
   8,334   8,674   9,986 
             
 
The costs of the above employees are borne by IHG. In addition, the Group employs 4,037 (2007 3,695, 2006 3,543) people who work in managed hotels or directly on behalf of the system funds and whose costs of $235 million (2007 $216 million, 2006 $198 million) are borne by those hotels or by the funds.


F-25


Table of Contents

Retirement benefits
 
Retirement and death in service benefits are provided for eligible employees in the United Kingdom principally by the InterContinental Hotels UK Pension Plan. The plan, which is funded and HM Revenue & Customs registered, covers approximately 460 (2007 440, 2006 410) employees, of which 170 (2007 200, 2006 220) are in the defined benefit section which provides pensions based on final salaries and 290 (2007 240, 2006 190) are in the defined contribution section. The defined benefit section of the plan closed to new entrants during 2002 with new members provided with defined contribution arrangements. The assets of the plan are held in self-administered trust funds separate from the Group’s assets. In addition, there are unfunded UK pension arrangements for certain members affected by the lifetime allowance. The Group also maintains the following US-based defined benefit plans; the funded InterContinental Hotels Pension Plan, unfunded InterContinental Hotels non-qualified pension plans and post-employment benefits schemes. These plans are now closed to new members. The Group also operates a number of minor pension schemes outside the United Kingdom, the most significant of which is a defined contribution scheme in the United States; there is no material difference between the pension costs of, and contributions to, these schemes.
 
The amounts recognized in the Consolidated Income Statement in respect of the defined benefit plans are:
 
                                                 
     Post-
    
  Pension plans  employment
          
  UK  US and other  benefits  Total 
Recognized in administrative expenses
 2008  2007  2006  2008  2007  2006  2008  2007  2006  2008  2007  2006 
  ($ million) 
 
Current service costs
  9   10   9   1                  10   10   9 
Interest cost on benefit obligation
  30   30   24   10   10   9   1   1   2   41   41   35 
Expected return on plan assets
  (32)  (34)  (26)  (11)  (9)  (7)           (43)  (43)  (33)
                                                 
   7   6   7      1   2   1   1   2   8   8   11 
                                                 
 
The amounts recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Recognized Income and Expenses are:
 
                                                 
  Pension plans  Post-employment
    
  UK  US and other  benefits  Total 
Actuarial gains and losses
 2008  2007*  2006  2008  2007  2006  2008  2007  2006  2008  2007*  2006 
  ($ million) 
 
Actual return on plan assets
  (25)  28   39   (27)  9   11            (52)  37   50 
Less: expected return on plan assets
  (32)  (34)  (26)  (11)  (9)  (7)           (43)  (43)  (33)
                                                 
   (57)  (6)  13   (38)     4            (95)  (6)  17 
Other actuarial gains and losses
  55   31   (22)  3         1      1   59   31   (21)
                                                 
Total actuarial gains and losses
  (2)  25   (9)  (35)     4   1      1   (36)  25   (4)
Asset restriction**
  (14)  (17)                       (14)  (17)   
                                                 
   (16)  8   (9)  (35)     4   1      1   (50)  8   (4)
                                                 
 
 * Restated for IFRIC 14 (see page F-11).
 
** Relates to tax that would be deducted at source in respect of a refund of the surplus.


F-26


Table of Contents

The assets and liabilities of the schemes and the amounts recognized in the balance sheet are:
 
                                 
        Post-
    
  Pension plans  employment
    
  UK  US and other  benefits  Total 
  2008  2007*  2008  2007  2008  2007  2008  2007* 
  ($ million) 
 
Schemes in surplus
                                
Fair value of plan assets
  437   611   16   15         453   626 
Present value of benefit obligations
  (377)  (550)  (13)  (10)        (390)  (560)
                                 
Surplus in schemes
  60   61   3   5         63   66 
Asset restrictions**
  (23)  (17)              (23)  (17)
                                 
Retirement benefit assets
  37   44   3   5         40   49 
                                 
Schemes in deficit
                                
Fair value of plan assets
        96   129         96   129 
Present value of benefit obligations
  (34)  (47)  (172)  (174)  (19)  (20)  (225)  (241)
                                 
Retirement benefit obligations
  (34)  (47)  (76)  (45)  (19)  (20)  (129)  (112)
                                 
Total fair value of plan assets
  437   611   112   144         549   755 
                                 
Total present value of benefit obligations
  (411)  (597)  (185)  (184)  (19)  (20)  (615)  (801)
                                 
 
 * Restated for IFRIC 14 (see page F-11).
 
** Relates to tax that would be deducted at source in respect of a refund of the surplus.
 
The “US and other” surplus of $3 million relates to a defined benefit pension scheme in Hong Kong. Included within the “US and other” deficit is $1 million relating to a defined benefit pension plan in the Netherlands.
 
Assumptions
 
The principal financial assumptions used by the actuaries to determine the benefit obligation are:
 
                                     
  Pension plans  Post-employment
 
  UK  US  benefits 
  2008  2007  2006  2008  2007  2006  2008  2007  2006 
  (%) 
 
Wages and salaries increases
  4.5   4.9   4.6            4.0   4.0   4.0 
Pensions increases
  3.0   3.4   3.1                   
Discount rate
  5.6   5.5   5.0   6.2   5.8   5.8   6.2   5.8   5.8 
Inflation rate
  3.0   3.4   3.1                   
Healthcare cost trend rate assumed for next year
                          9.5   10.0   10.0 
Ultimate rate that the cost trend rate trends to
                          5.0   5.0   5.0 
                                     
 
Mortality is the most significant demographic assumption. In respect of the UK plans, the specific mortality rates used are in line with the PA92 medium cohort tables, with age rated down by one year, implying the following life expectancies at retirement. In the US, life expectancy is determined by reference to the RP-2000 healthy tables.
 
                         
  Pension plans 
  UK  US 
  2008  2007  2006  2008  2007  2006 
  (Years) 
 
Current pensioners at 65 — male(i)
  23   23   23   18   18   18 
Current pensioners at 65 — female(i)
  26   26   26   20   20   20 
Future pensioners at 65 — male(ii)
  24   24   24   18   18   18 
Future pensioners at 65 — female(ii)
  27   27   27   20   20   20 
 
 
(i)Relates to assumptions based on longevity (in years) following retirement at the balance sheet date.
 
(ii)Relates to assumptions based on longevity (in years) relating to an employee retiring in 2028.


F-27


Table of Contents

 
The assumptions allow for expected increases in longevity.
 
Sensitivities
 
The value of scheme assets is sensitive to market conditions, particularly equity values. Changes in assumptions used for determining retirement benefit costs and obligations may have a material impact on the income statement and the balance sheet. The main assumptions are the discount rate, the rate of inflation and the assumed mortality rate. The following table provides an estimate of the potential impact of each of these variables on the pension plans.
 
                 
  UK  US 
  Higher/
  Increase/
  Higher/
  Increase/
 
  (lower)
  (decrease)
  (lower)
  (decrease)
 
  pension cost  in liabilities  pension cost  in liabilities 
  ($ million) 
 
Discount rate — 0.25% decrease
  0.6   21.7      4.8 
Discount rate — 0.25% increase
  (0.4)  (20.5)     (4.6)
Inflation rate — 0.25% increase
  1.3   20.4       
Inflation rate — 0.25% decrease
  (1.2)  (19.2)      
Mortality rate — one year increase
  0.6   7.9      6.1 
                 
 
In 2018, the healthcare cost trend rate reaches the assumed ultimate rate. A one percentage point increase/(decrease) in assumed healthcare costs trend rate would increase/(decrease) the accumulated post-employment benefit obligations as of December 31, 2008, by approximately $1.7 million (2007 $1.9 million) and would increase/(decrease) the total of the service and interest cost components of net post-employment healthcare cost for the period then ended by approximately $0.1 million (2007 $0.1 million).
 
                                 
        Post-
    
  Pension plans  employment
    
  UK  US and other  benefits  Total 
Movement in benefit obligation
 2008  2007  2008  2007  2008  2007  2008  2007 
  ($ million) 
 
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
  597   585   184   175   20   20   801   780 
Current service cost
  9   10   1            10   10 
Members’ contributions
  1   1               1   1 
Interest expense
  30   30   10   10   1   1   41   41 
Benefits paid
  (12)  (13)  (12)  (11)  (1)  (1)  (25)  (25)
Reclassification(i)
        5   10         5   10 
Actuarial gain arising in the year
  (55)  (31)  (3)     (1)     (59)  (31)
Exchange adjustments
  (159)  15               (159)  15 
                                 
Benefit obligation at end of year
  411   597   185   184   19   20   615   801 
                                 
Comprising:
                                
Funded plans
  377   550   141   139         518   689 
Unfunded plans
  34   47   44   45   19   20   97   112 
                                 
   411   597   185   184   19   20   615   801 
                                 
 
 
(i) Relates to the recognition of the gross assets and obligations of the Netherlands (2007 Hong Kong) pension scheme.
 


F-28


Table of Contents

                                 
        Post-
    
  Pension plans  employment
    
  UK  US and other  benefits  Total 
Movement in plan assets
 2008  2007  2008  2007  2008  2007  2008  2007 
  ($ million) 
 
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
  611   527   144   111         755   638 
Company contributions
  30   54   3   20   1   1   34   75 
Members’ contributions
  1   1               1   1 
Benefits paid
  (12)  (13)  (12)  (11)  (1)  (1)  (25)  (25)
Reclassification(i)
        4   15         4   15 
Expected return on plan assets
  32   34   11   9         43   43 
Actuarial loss arising in the year
  (57)  (6)  (38)           (95)  (6)
Exchange adjustments
  (168)  14               (168)  14 
                                 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
  437   611   112   144         549   755 
                                 
 
 
(i) Relates to the recognition of the gross assets and obligations of the Netherlands (2007 Hong Kong) pension scheme.
 
The most recent actuarial valuation of the InterContinental Hotels UK Pension Plan was carried out as at March 31, 2006 and showed a deficit of £81 million on a funding basis. Under the recovery plan agreed with the trustees, the Group aims to eliminate this deficit by March 2014 through additional Company contributions and projected investment returns. Of the agreed contributions of £40 million, three payments of £10 million have been made and the final commitment of £10 million is being met through the funding of the enhanced pension transfer arrangements detailed below. The next actuarial valuation is due as at March 31, 2009. Company contributions are expected to be $14 million in 2009.
 
The combined assets of the principal plans and expected rate of return are:
 
                         
  2008  2007  2006 
  Long-term
     Long-term
     Long-term
    
  rate of
     rate of
     rate of
    
  return
     return
     return
    
  expected  Value  expected  Value  expected  Value 
  (%)  ($ million)  (%)  ($ million)  (%)  ($ million) 
 
UK pension plans
                        
Liability matching investment funds
  3.9   192             
Equities
  7.9   87   7.9   219   7.9   251 
Bonds
  3.9   140   4.8   360   4.6   241 
Other
  7.9   18   7.9   32   7.9   35 
                         
Total market value of assets
      437       611       527 
                         
US pension plans
                        
Equities
  9.5   37   9.5   77   9.5   67 
Fixed income
  5.5   55   5.5   52   5.5   43 
                         
Total market value of assets
      92       129       110 
                         
 
The expected rate of return on assets has been determined following advice from the plans’ independent actuaries and is based on the expected return on each asset class together with consideration of the long-term asset strategy. In conjunction with the Group, the trustees have recently conducted an asset-liability matching study and this has resulted in the adoption of a revised asset allocation strategy for the UK plan. This strategy, which was in the process of implementation at December 31, 2008, aims to have 61% of the plan’s assets invested in liability matching assets and 39% in return seeking assets.

F-29


Table of Contents

History of experience gains and losses:
 
                     
UK pension plans
 2008  2007  2006  2005  2004 
  ($ million) 
 
Fair value of plan assets
  437   611   527   431   907 
Present value of benefit obligations
  (411)  (597)  (585)  (473)  (1,158)
                     
Surplus/(deficit) in the plans
  26   14   (58)  (42)  (251)
Experience adjustments arising on plan liabilities
  55   31   (22)  (122)  (109)
Experience adjustments arising on plan assets
  (57)  (6)  13   86   26 
                     
 
                     
US and other pension plans
 2008  2007  2006  2005  2004 
  ($ million) 
 
Fair value of plan assets
  112   144   111   106   107 
Present value of benefit obligations
  (185)  (184)  (175)  (176)  (172)
                     
Deficit in the plans
  (73)  (40)  (64)  (70)  (65)
Experience adjustments arising on plan liabilities
  3         (5)  (11)
Experience adjustments arising on plan assets
  (38)     4   (2)  2 
                     
 
                     
US post-employment benefits
 2008  2007  2006  2005  2004 
  ($ million) 
 
Present value of benefit obligations
  (19)  (20)  (19)  (20)  (21)
Experience adjustments arising on plan liabilities
  1      1   1   (1)
                     
 
The cumulative amount of actuarial gains and losses recognized since January 1, 2004 in the Consolidated Statement of Recognized Income and Expense is $150 million (2007 $114 million, 2006 $139 million). The Group is unable to determine how much of the pension scheme deficit recognized on transition to IFRS of $298 million and taken directly to total equity is attributable to actuarial gains and losses since inception of the schemes. Therefore, the Group is unable to determine the amount of actuarial gains and losses that would have been recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Recognized Income and Expense before January 1, 2004.
 
Post balance sheet event
 
Subsequent to the year end, approval was given for the payment of enhanced pension transfers to those deferred members of the InterContinental Hotels UK Pension Plan who had accepted an offer to receive the enhancement either as a cash lump sum or as an additional transfer value to an alternative pension provider. The payments, comprising lump sum amounts of £5.8 million and additional contributions of £4.2 million, were made by the Group on January 23, 2009. The transfer values subsequently paid by the plan were £45 million and the corresponding IAS 19 liability extinguished was £38 million. The settlement loss arising, together with the lump sum payment and costs of arrangement, will be charged to the Consolidated Income Statement as an exceptional item, estimated at $22 million, in the first quarter of 2009.


F-30


Table of Contents

Policy on remuneration of Executive Directors and senior executives
 
The following policy has applied throughout the year and, except where stated, will apply in future years, subject to periodic review.
 
Total level of remuneration
 
IHG’s overall remuneration is intended to:
 
  • attract and retain high-quality executives in an environment where compensation levels are based on global market practice;
 
  • drive aligned focus and reward the achievement of key strategic objectives;
 
  • support equitable treatment between members of the same executive team; and
 
  • facilitate global assignments and relocation.
 
The Company’s strategy is one of achieving competitive outperformance. This is delivered through an‘asset-light’operating model, and a focus on core markets. The remuneration strategy seeks to support this by providing upper quartile rewards for achievement of challenging targets, set at levels to deliver competitive advantage. The Remuneration Committee believes that it is important to reward management for targets achieved, provided those targets are stretching, and aligned with shareholders’ interests.
 
Key developments
 
2008
 
Growth in operating profit from continuing operations before exceptional items was 13%.
 
The Company’s Earnings Before Interest and Tax (“EBIT”) performance resulted in a bonus outcome of 94.3% of the target amount. Rooms growth of 34,757 net additions resulted in an outcome of 99.1% of target on this measure. As a result of this, IHG exceeded the three-year target of adding 50,000 to 60,000 net rooms by the end of 2008.
 
2009
 
The strategy of the Company remains unchanged. The Committee believes that the current remuneration framework continues to provide an appropriate link between reward and competitive performance. However, the Committee has made some adjustments in 2009, to ensure that the strategy of competitive outperformance is sustained in the much more challenging market conditions.
 
Base salaries and fees for Executive and Non-Executive Directors have been frozen at 2008 levels. This decision has been taken in view of the challenging cost environment within which the entire Company will be operating in the coming year.
 
In the tough trading conditions anticipated in 2009, achieving the Company’s earnings targets will be a key priority. Consequently, the weighting placed on EBIT has been increased in the 2009 Annual Bonus Plan (“ABP”). In addition, all senior executives will have specific cost-savings targets in their key performance objectives.
 
Performance targets in the Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) for 2009/11 have been set at stretching levels in the context of the business plan, market expectations, and competitive performance at the time the awards are made. The Committee believes that the current measures of Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) and Earnings Per Share (“EPS”) will provide a transparent way for shareholders to assess IHG’s competitive performance in the turbulent environment being experienced.
 
In light of the significant market slowdown expected during thisthree-yearcycle, the EPS growth scale for the 2009/11 LTIP has been reduced. The lower, threshold performance requirement is ahead of current market forecasts of IHG’s EPS growth over the next LTIP cycle, and stretching in the context of market expectations of industry-wide


F-31


Table of Contents

RevPAR decline. Despite the stretching nature of this revised range, the Committee has decided that, due to the reduced EPS scale, the maximum award level for the EPS portion of the LTIP will be reduced by half.
 
Vesting will occur on a straight-line basis within the threshold range of 0-10% per annum growth, with no award at the lower threshold (compared to 20% of salary paid for achievement of threshold previously). Thus, meaningful levels of vesting for this element can only be achieved through EPS performance that is significantly higher than market forecasts. No change has been made to the TSR element of the LTIP scheme.
 
The Committee believes this 2009 remuneration structure will focus management activity on making further competitive gains, however challenging the market conditions.
 
Remuneration structure
 
IHG’s remuneration scheme for senior executives places a strong emphasis on performance-related reward. The individual elements are designed to provide the appropriate balance between fixed remuneration and variable “risk” reward, linked to both the performance of the Group and the achievements of the individual. Group performance-related measures are chosen carefully to ensure a strong link between reward and underlying financial performance, and emphasis is placed on achievement of key strategic priorities.
 
The normal policy for all Executive Directors is that, using “target” or “expected value” calculations, their performance-related incentives will equate to approximately 70% of total annual remuneration (excluding pensions & benefits).
 
The main components of remuneration are as follows:
 
Base salary and benefits  The salary for each Executive Director is reviewed annually and is based on both individual performance and on the relevant competitive market data. Internal relativities and salary levels in the wider employment market are also taken into account. Base salary is the only element of remuneration which is pensionable.
 
In addition, benefits are provided to Executive Directors in accordance with local market practice.
 
In assessing levels of pay and benefits, IHG analyzes those offered by different groups of comparator companies. These groups are chosen having regard to participants’:
 
  • size — turnover, profits and the number of people employed;
 
  • diversity and complexity of businesses;
 
  • geographical spread of businesses; and
 
  • relevance to the hotel industry.
 
Executive Directors’ salaries for 2009 remain unchanged as shown below:
 
         
  2009 Salary  2008 Salary 
 
Andrew Cosslett
  £802,000   £802,000 
         
Richard Solomons
  £510,000   £510,000 
         
 
Annual Bonus Plan  Awards under the Annual Bonus Plan (“ABP”) require the achievement of challenging performance goals before target bonus is payable.
 
The maximum bonus a participant can receive in any one year is 200% of salary. Achievement of target performance results in a bonus of 115% of salary. Half of any bonus earned is deferred in the form of shares for three years. No matching shares are awarded by the Company. The first cash and share awards will be made under these arrangements in 2009, in respect of the 2008 financial year.
 
For 2008, awards under the ABP were linked to individual performance (30% of total award), EBIT (50% of total award) and net annual rooms additions (20% of total award). Individual performance was measured by the achievement of specific key performance objectives that were linked directly to the Group’s strategic priorities, and an assessment of performance against leadership competencies and behaviours.


F-32


Table of Contents

Under the financial measure (EBIT), threshold payout is 90% of target performance, with maximum payout at 110% or more of target. If performance under the financial measure in any year is below threshold, payout on all other measures is reduced by half.
 
For awards in respect of the 2009 financial year, the ABP will operate as described above, except for an increase in the weighting of the EBIT measure to 70% of the total bonus opportunity. In addition, if EBIT performance is lower than 85% of target, there will be no annual bonus payout on any measures for the 2009 financial year.
 
Long Term Incentive Plan  The Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) allows Executive Directors and eligible employees to receive share awards, subject to the achievement of performance conditions, set by the Committee, normally measured over a three-year period. Awards are made annually and, other than in exceptional circumstances, will not exceed three times annual salary for Executive Directors.
 
The performance conditions for the LTIP are:
 
  • IHG’s TSR relative to the Dow Jones World Hotels index (“index”); and
 
  • growth in adjusted EPS over the period.
 
As indicated to major shareholders last year, the Remuneration Committee will be carrying out a more detailed review during 2009 of IHG’s executive incentive plans, with a particular focus on the performance measures used in the LTIP. If it is concluded that changes are desirable, they will be introduced in 2010 for the 2010/12 LTIP cycle.
 
For the 2008/10 LTIP cycle, performance will be measured by reference to two components:
 
TSR (Maximum award of 135% of salary)
 
  • 20% of the TSR award will be released if TSR compound annual growth is equal to the index (threshold performance);
 
  • 100% of the TSR award will be released if TSR compound annual growth exceeds the index by 8% or more.
 
EPS (Maximum award of 135% of salary)
 
  • 20% of the EPS award will be released if compound annual growth in adjusted EPS is 6% (threshold performance);
 
  • 100% of the EPS award will be released if compound annual growth in adjusted EPS is 16% or more (maximum performance).
 
For the 2009/11 LTIP cycle, performance will be measured by reference to two components:
 
TSR (Maximum award of 135% of salary)
 
  • 20% of the TSR award will be released if TSR compound annual growth is equal to the index (threshold performance);
 
  • 100% of the TSR award will be released if TSR compound annual growth exceeds the index by 8% or more.
 
EPS (Maximum award of 70% of salary)
 
  • 0% of the EPS award will be released if compound annual growth in adjusted EPS is 0% (threshold performance);
 
  • 100% of the EPS award will be released if compound annual growth in adjusted EPS is 10% or more (maximum performance).
 
For all award cycles, vesting between all stated points will be on a straight-line basis and will continue to be measured in constant currency. Awards under the LTIP lapse if performance conditions are not met — there is no re-testing. In setting the targets, the Committee has taken into account a range of factors, including IHG’s strategic plans, analysts’ expectations for IHG’s performance and for the industry as a whole, the historical performance of the industry and FTSE 100 market practice.


F-33


Table of Contents

Executive Share Options  Since 2006, executive share options have not formed part of the Group’s remuneration strategy. Details of prior share option grants are given in the table onpage F-39.
 
Share capital  During 2008, no awards or grants over shares were made that would be dilutive of the Company’s ordinary share capital. Current policy is to settle the majority of awards or grants under any of the Company’s share plans with shares purchased in the market. A number of options granted before 2005 are yet to be exercised and will be settled with the issue of new shares.
 
Share Ownership  The Committee believes that share ownership by Executive Directors and senior executives strengthens the link between the individual’s personal interest and that of the shareholders.
 
The Executive Directors are expected to hold all shares earned (net of any share sales required to meet personal tax liabilities) from the Group’s remuneration plans while the value of their holding is less than twice their base salary or three times in the case of the Chief Executive.
 
Policy on external appointments
 
The Company recognizes that its Executive Directors may be invited to become Non-Executive Directors of other companies and that such duties can broaden experience and knowledge and benefit the business. Executive Directors are, therefore, allowed to accept one Non-Executive appointment (in addition to any positions where the Director is appointed as the Group’s representative), subject to Board approval, as long as this is not likely to lead to a conflict of interest. Executive Directors are generally authorized to retain the fees received.
 
Andrew Cosslett was Non-Executive Chairman of Duchy Originals Limited until September 30, 2008, for which he received no remuneration.
 
Contracts of service
 
a)  Policy
 
The Committee’s policy is for Executive Directors to have rolling contracts with a notice period of 12 months. Andrew Cosslett and Richard Solomons have service agreements with a notice period of 12 months. All new appointments are intended to have12-monthnotice periods. However, on occasion, to complete an external recruitment successfully, a longer initial notice period reducing to 12 months may be used, in accordance with the Combined Code.
 
No provisions for compensation for termination following change of control, nor for liquidated damages of any kind, are included in the current Directors’ contracts. In the event of any early termination of an Executive Director’s contract, the policy is to seek to minimize any liability.
 
Non-Executive Directors have letters of appointment. David Webster’s appointment as Non-Executive Chairman, effective from January 1, 2004, is subject to six months’ notice. The dates of appointment of the other Non-Executive Directors are set out on page 53. All Directors’ appointments and subsequent reappointments are subject to election and re-election by shareholders.
 
b)  Directors’ contracts
 
         
  Contract(1)
  Unexpired term/
 
Director
 effective date  notice period 
 
Andrew Cosslett
  02.03.05   12 months 
Stevan Porter
  04.15.03   n/a(2)
Richard Solomons
  04.15.03   12 months 
 
 
(1)Each of the Executive Directors signed a letter of appointment, effective from completion of the June 2005 capital reorganization of the Group incorporating the same terms as their original service agreements.
 
(2)Stevan Porter passed away on August 7, 2008.


F-34


Table of Contents

 
Policy regarding pensions
 
Andrew Cosslett, Richard Solomons and other senior UK-based employees participate on the same basis in the executive section of the registered InterContinental Hotels UK Pension Plan and, if appropriate, the InterContinental ExecutiveTop-UpScheme. The latter is an unfunded arrangement, but with appropriate security provided via a fixed charge on a hotel asset. As an alternative to these unfunded arrangements, a cash allowance may be taken.
 
Senior US-based executives participate in US retirement benefits plans, as did Stevan Porter until his death on August 7, 2008.
 
Executives outside the United Kingdom and United States participate in the InterContinental Hotels Group International Savings and Retirement Plan or other local plans.
 
Policy on remuneration of Non-Executive Directors
 
Non-Executive Directors are paid a fee which is approved by the Board, having taken account of the fees paid in other companies of a similar complexity. Higher fees are payable to the Senior Independent Director who chairs the Audit Committee and to the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee, reflecting the additional responsibilities of these roles.
 
Non-Executive Directors’ fee levels were last established by the Board on January 1, 2007 and were scheduled to be reviewed in 2008. However, as indicated on page F-31, IHG has decided to maintain the 2007 and 2008 fee levels for 2009. Therefore, the following annual fee rates remain unchanged:
 
     
Role
 Fee 
 
Chairman
  £390,000 
Senior Independent Director & Chairman of Audit Committee
  £95,000 
Chairman of Remuneration Committee
  £80,000 
Other Non-Executive Directors
  £60,000 


F-35


Table of Contents

Directors’ emoluments
 
                     
           Total emoluments excluding
 
           pensions 
  Base salaries
  Performance
     Jan 1, 2008 to
  Jan 1, 2007 to
 
  and fees  payments(1)  Benefits(2)  Dec 31, 2008  Dec 31, 2007 
  (£ thousands) 
 
Executive Directors
                    
Andrew Cosslett
  787   495   25   1,307   1,276 
Stevan Porter(3)
  503   593   5   1,101   677 
Richard Solomons(4)
  561   401   18   980   771 
Non-Executive Directors
                    
David Webster
  390      2   392   392 
David Kappler
  95         95   95 
Ralph Kugler(5)
  72         72   60 
Jennifer Laing
  60         60   60 
Robert C Larson
  60         60   60 
Jonathan Linen
  60         60   60 
Sir David Prosser(6)
  33         33   80 
Ying Yeh(7)
  60         60   5 
Former Directors(8)
        1   1   1,124 
                     
Total
  2,681   1,489   51   4,221   4,660 
                     
 
 
Stevan Porter, Executive Director and President of the Americas region, relinquished his responsibilities in July 2008, due to illness, and he sadly passed away on August 7, 2008. Richard Solomons, Finance Director, took on the additional role of interim President, The Americas, from July 2008 until the end of the calendar year, prior to the appointment of a permanent successor to this role in January 2009. The consequences of these events for the remuneration of both Stevan Porter and Richard Solomons are set out in the footnotes below.
 
(1)Performance payments comprise cash payments in respect of participation in the ABP but exclude bonus payments in deferred shares, details of which are set out in the ABP table on page F-37.
 
(2)Benefits incorporate all tax assessable benefits arising from the individual’s employment. For Messrs Cosslett and Solomons, this relates in the main to the provision of a fully expensed company car and private healthcare cover. For Stevan Porter, benefits related in the main to private healthcare cover and financial counselling.
 
(3)Amounts reported for Stevan Porter reflect his contractual service during the year and include amounts which were paid to his estate related to accrued vacation, a pension allowance, health cover and a pro-rated payment in respect of participation in the ABP through his contractual service period reflective of financial and individual performance from January 1, to June 30, 2008.
 
(4)In respect of his additional duties as interim President of the Americas region, Richard Solomons received a salary supplement of £10,000 per month and participated in a special cash bonus plan. The cash bonus plan was linked to ensuring the successful ongoing performance of the Americas Region for 2008. The target bonus award was 115% of the six-month salary supplement (£60,000), in line with our normal annual bonus plan structure. The maximum bonus was 200% of the salary supplement. This element of his bonus paid at 109% of target and is included in performance payments.
 
(5)Ralph Kugler’s fee was increased, pro-rata, from June 1, 2008 when he became Chairman of the Remuneration Committee.
 
(6)Sir David Prosser retired as a Director and Chairman of the Remuneration Committee on May 31, 2008.
 
(7)Ying Yeh was appointed as a Director on December 1, 2007.
 
(8)Richard Hartman retired as a Director on September 25, 2007. His emoluments include salary and benefits for 2007 and ABP payments made in 2008, in respect of the 2007 financial year. Sir Ian Prosser retired as a Director on December 31, 2003. However, he had an ongoing healthcare benefit of £1,150 during the year.


F-36


Table of Contents

 
Long-term reward
 
Annual Bonus Plan
 
Messrs Cosslett, Porter and Solomons participated in the ABP during the year ended December 31, 2008. Messrs Cosslett and Solomons are expected to receive an award on February 23, 2009. Matching shares are no longer awarded. Directors’ pre-tax interests during the year were:
 
                                             
                                Value
 
                                based on
 
              ABP shares
                 share
 
     ABP awards
     Market
  vested
     Market
     ABP
     price of
 
     during
     price
  during
     price
     awards
     562 pence
 
  ABP awards
  the year
     per share
  the year
     per share
  Value
  held at
  Planned
  at Dec 31,
 
  held at
  Jan 1, 2008
  Award
  at award
  Jan 1, 2008 to
  Vesting
  at vesting
  at vesting
  Dec 31,
  vesting
  2008
 
Directors Jan 1, 2008  to Dec 31, 2008  date  (pence)  Dec 31, 2008  date  (pence)  (£)  2008  date  (£) 
 
Andrew Cosslett
  28,877(2)      3.8.06   853.67p   28,877   3.10.08   780p   225,241            
   28,878(2)      3.8.06   853.67p                   28,878   3.8.09   162,294 
   55,870(3)      2.26.07   1235p                   55,870   2.26.10   313,989 
       71,287(4)  2.25.08   819.67p                   71,287   2.25.11   400,633 
                                             
Total
                                  156,035       876,916 
                                             
Stevan Porter
  26,978(1)      3.16.05   653.67p   26,978   3.17.08   735p   198,288(7)           
   18,531(2)      3.8.06   853.67p   18,531   3.10.08   780p   144,542(7)           
   18,530(2)      3.8.06   853.67p   18,530   11.7.08(6)  542.5p   100,525            
   29,778(3)      2.26.07   1235p   29,778   11.7.08(6)  542.5p   161,546            
       35,743(5)  2.25.08   819.67p   35,743   11.7.08(6)  542.5p   193,906            
                                             
Total
                                           
                                             
Richard Solomons
  29,021(1)      3.16.05   653.67p   29,021   3.17.08   735p   213,304            
   18,459(2)      3.8.06   853.67p   18,459   3.10.08   780p   143,980            
   18,459(2)      3.8.06   853.67p                   18,459   3.8.09   103,740 
   35,757(3)      2.26.07   1235p                   35,757   2.26.10   200,954 
       45,634(8)  2.25.08   819.67p                   45,634   2.25.11   256,463 
                                             
Total
                                  99,850       561,157 
                                             
Former Directors
                                            
                                             
Richard Hartman
  29,447(1)      3.16.05   653.67p   29,447   3.17.08   735p   216,435            
   17,698(2)      3.8.06   853.67p   17,698   3.10.08   780p   138,044            
   17,696(2)      3.8.06   853.67p   17,696   3.28.08(9)  772.5p   136,702            
   51,281(3)      2.26.07   1235p   51,281   3.28.08(9)  772.5p   396,146            
                                             
Total
                                           
                                             
 
 
(1)This award was based on 2004 financial year performance where the performance measures were related to EPS, EBIT and personal performance. Total shares held include matching shares.
 
(2)This award was based on 2005 financial year performance where the performance measures were related to EPS, EBIT and personal performance. Total shares held include matching shares.
 
(3)This award was based on 2006 financial year performance where the performance measures were related to EPS and EBIT. Total shares held include matching shares.
 
(4)This award was based on 2007 financial year performance where the performance measures were related to Group EBIT and net annual rooms additions. The bonus target was 50% of base salary. Andrew Cosslett was awarded 33% for Group EBIT performance and 19.5% for net annual rooms additions. Andrew Cosslett’s total bonus was therefore 52.5% of his base salary. One matching share was awarded for every two bonus shares earned.
 
(5)This award was based on financial year 2007 performance where the performance measures were related to Americas’ EBIT and net annual rooms additions. The bonus target was 50% of base salary. Stevan Porter was awarded 25.75% for Americas’ EBIT performance and 19.5% for net annual rooms additions. Stevan Porter’s total bonus was therefore 45.25% of his base salary. One matching share was awarded for every two bonus shares earned. Stevan Porter also received a cash payment of £3,550.52 in lieu of dividends relating to bonus shares.
 
(6)In accordance with Plan rules, Stevan Porter’s ABP shares held at January 1, 2008 and awarded during 2008 (in respect of 2007 performance), and which were due to vest from 2009 onwards, vested early at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee, following his


F-37


Table of Contents

death on August 7, 2008. The value of these entitlements was calculated as at November 7, 2008. A cash payment of £1,525.06 in lieu of dividends relating to bonus shares was paid to his estate. The shares will be released to Mr Porter’s estate following completion of UK probate in due course.
 
(7)The value of Stevan Porter’s shares at vesting includes £31,130 that was chargeable to UK income tax.
 
(8)This award was based on 2007 financial year performance where the performance measures were related to Group EBIT and net annual rooms additions. The bonus target was 50% of base salary. Richard Solomons was awarded 33% for Group EBIT performance and 19.5% for net annual rooms additions. Richard Solomons’ total bonus was therefore 52.5% of his base salary. One matching share was awarded for every two bonus shares earned.
 
(9)At the discretion of the Remuneration Committee, all of Richard Hartman’s shares vested six months after his retirement date of September 25, 2007.
 
Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”)
 
In 2008, there were three cycles in operation and one cycle which vested.
 
The awards made in respect of cycles ending on December 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and the maximum pre-tax number of ordinary shares due if performance targets are achieved in full are set out in the table below. In respect of the cycle ending on December 31, 2008, the Company finished in third place in the TSR group and achieved a relative cumulative annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of rooms of 4.9%. Accordingly, 86.7% of the award vested on February 18, 2009.
 
                                             
                             Maximum
  Expected
 
     Maximum
        LTIP shares
              value
  value
 
     LTIP shares
        vested
              based on
  based on
 
     awarded
        during
              share
  share
 
     during
     Market
  the year
  Market
        Maximum
  price of
  price of
 
  Maximum
  the year
     price
  Jan 1, 2008
  price
     Actual/
  LTIP awards
  562 pence
  562 pence
 
  LTIP awards
  Jan 1, 2008
     per share
  to
  per share
  Value
  planned
  held at
  at Dec 31,
  at Dec 31,
 
  held at
  to Dec 31,
  Award
  at award
  Dec 31,
  at vesting
  at vesting
  vesting
  Dec 31,
  2008
  2008
 
Directors Jan 1, 2008  2008  date  (pence)  2008  (pence)  (£)  date  2008  (£)  (£) 
 
Andrew Cosslett
  276,200(1)      6.29.05   706p   152,738   827p   1,263,143   2.20.08            
   200,740(2)      4.3.06   941.5p              2.18.09   200,740   1,128,159   978,114(5)
   159,506(3)      4.2.07   1256p              2.17.10   159,506   896,424     
       253,559(4)  5.19.08   854p              2.16.11   253,559   1,425,001     
                                             
Total
                                  613,805   3,449,584     
                                             
Stevan Porter
  174,900(1)      6.29.05   706p   96,719   827p   799,866(6)  2.20.08            
   132,240(2)      4.3.06   941.5p   125,628   542.5p   681,532(7)  11.7.08            
   92,667(3)      4.2.07   1256p   17,811   542.5p   96,625(7)  11.7.08            
       147,209(4)  5.19.08   854p   28,029   542.5p   152,057(7)  11.7.08            
                                             
Total
                                           
                                             
Richard Solomons
  176,550(1)      6.29.05   706p   97,632   827p   807,417   2.20.08            
   128,470(2)      4.3.06   941.5p              2.18.09   128,470   722,001   625,975(5)
   102,109(3)      4.2.07   1256p              2.17.10   102,109   573,853     
       161,241(4)  5.19.08   854p              2.16.11   161,241   906,174     
                                             
Total
                                  391,820   2,202,028     
                                             
Former Directors
                                            
Richard Hartman
  196,964(1)      6.29.05   706p   108,921   827p   900,777   2.20.08            
   85,230(2)      4.3.06   941.5p              2.18.09   85,230   478,993   415,287(5)
   28,432(3)      4.2.07   1256p              2.17.10   28,432   159,788     
                                             
Total
                                  113,662   638,781     
                                             
 
 
(1)This award was based on performance to December 31, 2007 where the performance measure related to both the Company’s TSR against a group of seven other comparator companies and the CAGR of rooms in the IHG system relative to a group of five other comparator companies. The number of shares released is graded, according to a) where the Company finished in the TSR comparator group, with 50% of the award being released for first or second position and 10% of the award being released for median position; and b) relative CAGR of rooms with 50% of the award being released for 3.4% (upper quartile) CAGR and 10% of the award being released for 2.4% (median) CAGR. The Company finished in fourth place in the TSR group and achieved a relative CAGR of 3.1%. Accordingly, 55.3% of the award vested on February 20, 2008.


F-38


Table of Contents

 
(2)This award is based on performance to December 31, 2008 where the performance measure relates to both the Company’s TSR against a group of eight other comparator companies and the CAGR of rooms in the IHG system relative to a group of eight other comparator companies. The number of shares released is graded, according to a) where the Company finished in the TSR comparator group, with 50% of the award being released for first or second position and 10% of the award being released for median position; and b) relative CAGR of rooms with 50% of the award being released for 3.9% (upper quartile) CAGR and 10% of the award being released for 3.3% (median) CAGR.
 
(3)This award is based on performance to December 31, 2009 where the performance measure relates to both the Company’s TSR against a group of eight other comparator companies and the compound annual growth rate in adjusted EPS over the performance period.
 
(4)This award is based on performance to December 31, 2010 where the performance measure relates to both the Company’s TSR relative to the Index and the compound annual growth rate in adjusted EPS over the performance period.
 
(5)The Company finished in third place in the TSR group and achieved CAGR of rooms of 4.9%. Accordingly, 86.7% of the award will vest on February 18, 2009.
 
(6)The value of Stevan Porter’s shares at vesting included £96,953 that was changeable to UK income tax.
 
(7)In accordance with Plan rules, Stevan Porter’s LTIP shares granted in 2006, 2007 and 2008 were pro-rated to reflect his contractual service during the applicable performance periods. The Remuneration Committee calculated the value of these entitlements as at November 7, 2008 at which point they vested. The shares will be transferred to Mr Porter’s estate following completion of UK probate in due course.
 
Share options
 
Between 2003 and 2005, grants of options were made under the IHG Executive Share Option Plan. No executive share options have been granted since 2005. In 2003, a grant of options was made under the IHG all-employee Sharesave Plan.
 
                             
                 Weighted
    
  Ordinary shares under option  average
    
  Options held
  Granted
  Lapsed
  Exercised
  Options
  option
  Option
 
  at Jan 1,
  during
  during
  during
  held at
  price
  price
 
Directors 2008  the year  the year  the year  Dec 31, 2008  (pence)  (pence) 
 
Andrew Cosslett
  157,300                         
                   157,300(1)      619.83 
                             
Total
  157,300            157,300   619.83     
                             
Stevan Porter
  321,630                         
                   225,260(2)      494.17 
                   96,370(2)      619.83 
                             
Total
  321,630            321,630(2)  531.82     
                             
Richard Solomons
  334,639                         
                   230,320(1)      494.17 
                   100,550(1)      619.83 
                   3,769(3)      420.50 
                             
Total
  334,639            334,639   531.10     
                             
 
 
(1)Options are exercisable at December 31, 2008. Executive share options granted in 2004 are exercisable up to April 2014. Executive share options granted in 2005 are exercisable up to April 2015.
 
(2)Following Stevan Porter’s death in August 2008, his outstanding vested executive share options are all exercisable by his personal representatives until August 6, 2009.
 
(3)Sharesave options granted in 2003. These are exercisable between March and August 2009.
 
Option prices range from 420.50 pence to 619.83 pence per IHG share. The closing market value share price on December 31, 2008 was 562.00 pence and the range during the year was 447.50 pence to 865.00 pence per share.
 
No Director exercised options during the year; therefore there is no disclosable gain by Directors in aggregate for the year ended December 31, 2008 (2007 £nil).


F-39


Table of Contents

Directors’ pensions
 
The following information relates to the pension arrangements provided for Messrs Cosslett and Solomons under the executive section of the InterContinental Hotels UK Pension Plan (“the IC Plan”) and the unfunded InterContinental ExecutiveTop-UpScheme (“ICETUS”).
 
The executive section of the IC Plan is a funded, registered, final salary, occupational pension scheme. The main features applicable to the Executive Directors are: a normal pension age of 60; pension accrual of1/30th of final pensionable salary for each year of pensionable service; life assurance cover of four times pensionable salary; pensions payable in the event of ill health; and spouses’, partners’ and dependants’ pensions on death. When benefits would otherwise exceed a member’s lifetime allowance under the post-April 2006 pensions regime, these benefits are limited in the IC Plan, but the balance is provided instead by ICETUS.
 
Stevan Porter, until his death on August 7, 2008 had retirement benefits provided via the 401(k) Retirement Plan for employees of Six Continents Hotels Inc. (“401(k)”) and the Six Continents Hotels Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (“DCP”).
 
The 401(k) is a tax qualified plan providing benefits on a defined contribution basis, with the member and the relevant company both contributing. The DCP is a non-tax qualified plan, providing benefits on a defined contribution basis, with the member and the relevant company both contributing.
 
Directors’ pension benefits
 
                                 
              Increase in
          
              transfer value
  Absolute
       
     Directors’
  Transfer value of
  over the year,
  increase in
  Increase
  Accrued
 
     contributions
  accrued benefits  less Directors’
  accrued
  in accrued
  pension at
 
  Age at
  in the year(1)
  Jan 1, 2008
  Dec 31, 2008
  contributions
  pension(2)
  pension(3)
  Dec 31, 2008(4)
 
Directors Dec 31, 2008  (£)  (£)  (£)  (£)  (£ pa)  (£ pa)  (£ pa) 
 
Andrew Cosslett
  53   36,600   1,184,200   2,028,600   807,800   31,700   28,600   102,600 
Richard Solomons
  47   23,400   2,371,600   3,430,800   1,035,800   28,600   21,300   197,300 
 
(1)Contributions paid in the year by the Directors under the terms of the plans. Contributions were 5% of full pensionable salary.
 
(2)The absolute increase in accrued pension during the year.
 
(3)The increase in accrued pension during the year, excluding any increase for inflation.
 
(4)Accrued pension is that which would be paid annually on retirement at 60, based on service to December 31, 2008.
 
The figures shown in the above table relate to the final salary plans only. For defined contribution plans, the contributions made by and in respect of Stevan Porter during 2008 were:
 
                 
  Director’s contribution to  Company contribution to 
  DCP
  401(k)
  DCP
  401(k)
 
  (£)  (£)  (£)  (£) 
 
Stevan Porter
  78,000   6,200   62,700   5,000 


F-40


Table of Contents

Note 4 — Auditor’s Remuneration paid to Ernst & Young LLP
 
             
  Year ended December 31, 
  2008  2007  2006 
  ($ million) 
 
Audit fees
  1.7   2.8   3.5 
Audit fees in respect of subsidiaries
  1.5   2.6   2.6 
Tax fees
  1.0   0.8   1.2 
Interim review fees
  0.4   0.4   0.4 
Other services pursuant to legislation
  0.1   0.2   0.2 
Corporate finance fees
        0.2 
Other
  2.8   2.4   1.5 
             
   7.5   9.2   9.6 
             
 
Audit fees in respect of the pension scheme were not material.
 
The Audit Committee has a process to ensure that any non-audit services do not compromise the independence and objectivity of the external auditor and that relevant UK and US professional and regulatory requirements are met. A number of criteria are applied when deciding whether pre-approval for such services should be given. These include the nature of the service, the level of fees and the practicality of appointing an alternative provider, having regard to the skills and experience required to supply the service effectively. Cumulative fees for audit and non-audit services are presented to the Audit Committee on a quarterly basis for review. The Audit Committee is responsible for monitoring adherence to the pre-approval policy.


F-41


Table of Contents

Note 5 — Exceptional Items
 
             
  Year ended December 31, 
  2008  2007  2006 
  ($ million) 
 
Continuing operations
            
Exceptional operating items:
            
Administrative expenses:
            
Holiday Inn brand relaunch(i)
  (35)      
Office reorganizations(ii)
  (5)  (14)   
Severance costs(iii)
  (19)      
             
   (59)  (14)   
             
Other operating income and expenses:
            
Gain on sale of associate investments
  13   22    
Gain on sale of other financial assets
  14   36    
Gain on sale of investment in FelCor Lodging Trust, Inc.
        44 
Loss on disposal of hotels (Note 11)*
  (2)      
Office reorganizations(ii)
     12     
             
   25   70   44 
             
Depreciation and amortization:
            
Office reorganizations(ii)
  (2)  (2)   
             
Impairment:
            
Property, plant and equipment (Note 10)
  (12)  6    
Goodwill (Note 12)
  (63)      
Intangible assets (Note 13)
  (21)      
Investment in associates (Note 14)
        4 
             
   (96)  6   4 
             
   (132)  60   48 
             
Tax:
            
Tax on exceptional operating items
  17      (11)
Exceptional tax credit(iv)
  25   60   184 
             
   42   60   173 
             
             
Discontinued operations
            
Gain on disposal of assets (Note 11);
            
Gain on disposal of hotels**
     40   237 
Tax charge
  5   (8)  (11)
             
   5   32   226 
             
   (85)  152   447 
             
 
 
*     Relates to hotels classified as continuing operations.
 
**    Relates to hotels classified as discontinued operations.
 
The above items are treated as exceptional by reason of their size or nature.
 
(i)  Relates to costs incurred in support of the worldwide relaunch of the Holiday Inn brand family that was announced on October 24, 2007.
 
(ii)  Relates to costs incurred on the relocation of the Group’s head office and the closure of its Aylesbury facility.


F-42


Table of Contents

 
(iii) Severance costs relate to redundancies arising from a review of the Group’s cost base in light of the current economic climate.
 
(iv) Relates to the release of provisions which are exceptional by reason of their size or nature relating to tax matters which have been settled or in respect of which the relevant statutory limitation period has expired, together with, in 2006, a credit in respect of previously unrecognized losses.
 
Note 6 — Finance costs
 
             
  Year ended December 31, 
  2008  2007  2006 
  ($ million) 
 
Financial income
            
Interest income
  11   15   39 
Fair value gains
  1   3   9 
             
   12   18   48 
             
Financial expenses
            
Interest expense
  95   90   61 
Finance charge payable under finance leases
  18   18   7 
             
   113   108   68 
             
 
Interest income and expenses relate to financial assets and liabilities held at amortized cost, calculated using the effective interest rate method.
 
Included within interest expense is $12 million (2007 $21 million, 2006 $18 million) payable to the Group’s loyalty program relating to interest on the accumulated balance of cash received in advance of the redemption of points awarded.


F-43


Table of Contents

Note 7 — Tax
 
             
  Year ended December 31, 
  2008  2007  2006 
  ($ million) 
 
Income tax
            
UK corporation tax at 28.5% (2007 30.0%, 2006 30.0%):
            
Current period
  13   45   29 
Benefit of tax reliefs on which no deferred tax previously recognized
     (1)  (18)
Adjustments in respect of prior periods
  (28)  (33)  (7)
             
   (15)  11   4 
             
Foreign tax(i):
            
Current period
  130   200   132 
Benefit of tax reliefs on which no deferred tax previously recognized
  (6)  (15)  (2)
Adjustments in respect of prior periods
  (63)  (100)  (173)
             
   61   85   (43)
             
Total current tax
  46   96   (39)
             
Deferred tax:
            
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
  26   (67)  49 
Changes in tax rates
  (1)  (4)  (7)
Adjustments to estimated recoverable deferred tax assets
  (4)  5   (24)
Adjustments in respect of prior periods
  (13)  8   (44)
             
Total deferred tax
  8   (58)  (26)
             
Total income tax charge/(credit) on profit for the year
  54   38   (65)
             
Further analyzed as tax relating to:
            
Profit before exceptional items
  101   90   97 
Exceptional items (Note 5):
            
Exceptional operating items
  (17)     11 
Exceptional tax credit(ii)
  (25)  (60)  (184)
Gain on disposal of assets
  (5)  8   11 
             
   54   38   (65)
             
The total tax charge/(credit) can be further analyzed as relating to:
            
Profit on continuing operations
  54   24   (97)
Profit on discontinued operations
  5   6   21 
Gain on disposal of assets
  (5)  8   11 
             
   54   38   (65)
             
 
 
(i)Represents corporate income taxes on profit taxable in foreign jurisdictions, a significant proportion of which relates to the Group’s US subsidiaries.
 
(ii)Represents the release of provisions which are exceptional by reason of their size or nature relating to tax matters which have been settled or in respect of which the relevant statutory limitation period has expired, together with, in 2006, a credit in respect of previously unrecognized losses.


F-44


Table of Contents

 
Reconciliation of tax charge/(credit) on total profit, including gain on disposal of assets
 
             
  Year ended December 31, 
  2008  2007  2006 
  (%) 
 
UK corporation tax at standard rate
  28.5   30.0   30.0 
Non-deductible expenditure and non-taxable income
  8.7   5.6   3.7 
Net effect of different rates of tax in overseas businesses
  10.1   1.8   3.5 
Effect of changes in tax rates
  (0.2)  (1.0)  (1.0)
Benefit of tax reliefs on which no deferred tax previously recognized
  (1.7)  (3.3)  (3.0)
Effect of adjustments to estimated recoverable deferred tax assets
  (1.1)  1.3   (0.2)
Adjustment to tax charge in respect of prior periods
  (23.5)  (11.0)  (6.9)
Other
  (0.8)  0.4   0.4 
Exceptional items and gain on disposal of assets
  (2.9)  (16.3)  (36.1)
             
   17.1   7.5   (9.6)
             
 
Tax paid
 
Total net tax paid during the year of $2 million (2007 $138 million, 2006 $90 million) comprises $1 million received (2007 $74 million paid, 2006 $79 million paid) in respect of operating activities and $3 million paid (2007 $64 million, 2006 $11 million) in respect of investing activities.
 
Tax paid is lower than the current period income tax charge primarily due to the receipt of refunds in respect of prior years together with provisions for tax for which no payment of tax has currently been made.
 
Tax risks, policies and governance
 
It is the Group’s objective to comply fully with its worldwide corporate income tax filing, payment and reporting obligations, whilst managing its tax affairs within acceptable risk parameters in order to minimize its worldwide liabilities in the best interests of its shareholders. The Group adopts a policy of open co-operation with tax authorities, with full disclosure of relevant issues.
 
The Group’s tax objectives and policies, and any changes thereto, are reviewed and approved by the Audit Committee. Regular tax reports are made to the Group Finance Director in addition to an annual presentation to the Audit Committee covering the Group’s tax position, strategy and major risks. Tax is also encompassed within the Group’s formal risk management procedures and any material tax disputes, litigation or tax planning activities are subject to internal risk review and management approval procedures.
 
Note 8 — Dividends paid and proposed
 
                         
  Year ended December 31, 
  2008  
 2007 
  2006  2008  2007  2006 
     (cents per share)        ($ million)    
 
Paid during the year:
                        
Final (declared in previous year)
  29.2   25.9   18.7   86   92   84 
Interim
  12.2   11.5   9.6   32   35   33 
Special interim
     400.0   217.0      1,397   914 
                         
   41.4   437.4   245.3   118   1,524   1,031 
                         
                         
Proposed (not recognized as a liability at December 31):
Final
  29.2   29.2   25.9   83   86   92 
                         
 
The final dividend of 20.2 pence (29.2 cents at the closing exchange rate on February 13, 2009) is proposed for approval at the Annual General Meeting on May 29, 2009 and is payable on the shares in issue at March 27, 2009.


F-45


Table of Contents

Note 9 — Earnings per ordinary share
 
Basic earnings per ordinary share is calculated by dividing the profit for the year available for IHG equity holders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares, excluding investment in own shares, in issue during the year.
 
Diluted earnings per ordinary share is calculated by adjusting basic earnings per ordinary share to reflect the notional exercise of the weighted average number of dilutive ordinary share options outstanding during the year.
 
Adjusted earnings per ordinary share is disclosed in order to show performance undistorted by exceptional items, to give a more meaningful comparison of the Group’s performance.
 
                         
  Year ended December 31, 
  2008  2007  2006 
  Continuing
     Continuing
     Continuing
    
  operations  Total  operations  Total  operations  Total 
 
Basic earnings per ordinary share
                        
Profit available for equity holders ($ million)
  248   262   420   463   492   754 
Basic weighted average number of ordinary shares (millions)
  287   287   320   320   389   389 
Basic earnings per ordinary share (cents)
  86.4   91.3   131.3   144.7   126.5   193.8 
                         
Diluted earnings per ordinary share
                        
Profit available for equity holders ($ million)
  248   262   420   463   492   754 
Diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares (millions)
  296   296   329   329   399   399 
Diluted earnings per ordinary share (cents)
  83.8   88.5   127.7   140.7   123.3   189.0 
                         
 
             
  2008  2007  2006 
  (millions) 
 
Diluted weighted average of ordinary shares is calculated as:
            
Basic weighted average number of ordinary shares
  287   320   389 
Dilutive potential ordinary shares — employee share options
  9   9   10 
             
   296   329   399 
             
 
                         
  Year ended December 31, 
  2008  2007  2006 
  Continuing
     Continuing
     Continuing
    
  operations  Total  operations  Total  operations  Total 
 
Adjusted earnings per ordinary share
                        
Profit available for equity holders ($ million)
  248   262   420   463   492   754 
Adjusting items (Note 5):
                        
Exceptional operating items ($ million)
  132   132   (60)  (60)  (48)  (48)
Tax on exceptional operating items ($ million)
  (17)  (17)        11   11 
Exceptional tax credit ($ million)
  (25)  (25)  (60)  (60)  (184)  (184)
Gain on disposal of assets, net of tax ($ million)
     (5)     (32)     (226)
                         
Adjusted earnings ($ million)
  338   347   300   311   271   307 
Basic weighted average number of ordinary shares (millions)
  287   287   320   320   389   389 
Adjusted earnings per ordinary share (cents)
  117.8   120.9   93.8   97.2   69.7   78.9 
                         
Adjusted earnings ($ million)
  338   347   300   311   271   307 
Diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares (millions)
  296   296   329   329   399   399 
Adjusted diluted earnings per ordinary share (cents)
  114.2   117.2   91.2   94.5   67.9   76.9 
                         


F-46


Table of Contents

Note 10 — Property, Plant and Equipment
 
             
  Land
  Fixtures,
    
  and
  fittings and
    
  buildings  equipment  Total 
  ($ million) 
 
Year ended December 31, 2007
            
Cost:
            
At January 1, 2007
  1,610   993   2,603 
Additions
  10   98   108 
Reclassifications
  31   (41)  (10)
Net transfers to non-current assets classified as held for sale
  (77)  (88)  (165)
Disposals
  (14)  (38)  (52)
Exchange and other adjustments
  46   31   77 
             
At December 31, 2007
  1,606   955   2,561 
             
Depreciation:
            
At January 1, 2007
  (160)  (487)  (647)
Provided
  (12)  (66)  (78)
Net transfers to non-current assets classified as held for sale
  33   31   64 
Reversal of impairment
     6   6 
On disposals
  14   36   50 
Exchange and other adjustments
  (4)  (18)  (22)
             
At December 31, 2007
  (129)  (498)  (627)
             
Net book value at December 31, 2007
  1,477   457   1,934 
             
Year ended December 31, 2008
            
Cost:
            
At January 1, 2008
  1,606   955   2,561 
Additions
  6   85   91 
Net transfers to non-current assets classified as held for sale
  (119)  (60)  (179)
Disposals
  (15)  (24)  (39)
Exchange and other adjustments
  (112)  (56)  (168)
             
At December 31, 2008.
  1,366   900   2,266 
             
Depreciation:
            
At January 1, 2008
  (129)  (498)  (627)
Provided
  (11)  (61)  (72)
Net transfers to non-current assets classified as held for sale
  37   37   74 
Impairment charge
  (12)     (12)
On disposals
  15   25   40 
Exchange and other adjustments
     15   15 
             
At December 31, 2008
  (100)  (482)  (582)
             
Net book value at December 31, 2008
  1,266   418   1,684 
             
Net book value at January 1, 2007
  1,450   506   1,956 
             
 
The 2008 impairment charge relates to a North American hotel and arises from year-end value in use calculations, taking into account the current economic climate. Estimated future cash flows have been discounted at 13.5%. The charge has been included within impairment on the Consolidated Income Statement and relates to the Americas business segment.


F-47


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2007 a previously recorded impairment charge of $6 million was reversed relating to a hotel in the Asia Pacific business segment. No impairment charge, or subsequent reversal, was required at December 31, 2006.
 
The carrying value of land and buildings held under finance leases at December 31, 2008 was $192 million (2007 $208 million).
 
The carrying value of assets in the course of construction was $41 million (2007 $nil).
 
Note 11 — Assets sold, held for sale and discontinued operations
 
Hotels
 
During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Group sold one hotel (2007 three hotels, 2006 32 hotels) and two associates (2007 two associates, 2006 nil), continuing the asset disposal program commenced in 2003. Three hotels and two associates were classified as held for sale during the year. At December 31, 2008, five hotels (2007 three hotels, 2006 four hotels and two associates) were classified as held for sale.
 
At December 31, 2006, an impairment loss of $5 million was recognized on the remeasurement of a property that was classified as held for sale. The loss, which reduced the carrying amount of the asset to fair value less costs to sell, was recognized in the Consolidated Income Statement in gain on disposal of assets. Fair value was determined by an independent property valuation.
 
             
  Year ended December 31, 
  2008  2007  2006 
  ($ million) 
 
Net assets of hotels sold
            
Property, plant and equipment
  28   70   1,191 
Net working capital
     2   (40)
Cash and cash equivalents
  8      57 
Loans and other borrowings
        (18)
Deferred tax
        (215)
Minority equity interest
     (12)  (24)
             
Group’s share of net assets disposed of
  36   60   951 
             
Consideration
            
Current year disposals:
            
Cash consideration, net of costs paid
  34   94   1,155 
Deferred consideration
        18 
Management contract value
     6   55 
Other
        (26)
             
   34   100   1,202 
Net assets disposed of
  (36)  (60)  (951)
Provision against deferred consideration
        (18)
Other, including impairment of held for sale asset
        4 
Tax
  5   (8)  (11)
             
Gain on disposal of assets, net of tax
  3   32   226 
             
Analyzed as:
            
Continuing operations
  (2)      
Discontinued operations
  5   32   226 
             
   3   32   226 
             
Net cash inflow
            
Current year disposals:
            
Cash consideration, net of costs paid
  34   94   1,155 
Cash disposed of
  (8)     (57)
Prior year disposals
  (1)  3   42 
             
   25   97   1,140 
             
Assets and liabilities held for sale
            
Non-current assets classified as held for sale:
            
Property, plant and equipment
  210   115   78 
Associates
        20 
             
   210   115   98 
             
Liabilities classified as held for sale:
            
Deferred tax
  (4)  (6)  (4)
             


F-48


Table of Contents

             
  Year ended
 
  December 31, 
  2008  2007  2006 
  ($ million) 
 
Results of discontinued operations
            
Revenue
       43   79   319 
Cost of sales
  (29)  (59)  (246)
             
   14   20   73 
Depreciation and amortization
     (3)  (16)
             
Operating profit
  14   17   57 
Tax
  (5)  (6)  (21)
             
Profit after tax
  9   11   36 
Gain on disposal of assets, net of tax (Note 5)
  5   32   226 
             
Profit for the year from discontinued operations
  14   43   262 
             
 
             
  2008
  2007
  2006
 
  cents
  cents
  cents
 
  per ordinary
  per ordinary
  per ordinary
 
  share  share  share 
 
Earnings per ordinary share from discontinued operations
            
Basic
  4.9   13.4   67.3 
Diluted
  4.7   13.0   65.7 
             
 
             
  Year ended December 31, 
  2008  2007  2006 
  ($ million) 
 
Cash flows attributable to discontinued operations
            
Operating profit before interest, depreciation and amortization
  14   20   73 
Investing activities
     (2)  (17)
Financing activities
        (45)
             
 
The effect of discontinued operations on segmental results is shown in Note 2.
 
Note 12 — Goodwill
 
         
  At December 31, 
  2008  2007 
  ($ million) 
 
At January 1
  221   214 
Impairment charge
  (63)   
Exchange and other adjustments
  (15)  7 
         
At December 31
  143   221 
         
 
Goodwill arising on business combinations that occurred before January 1, 2005 was not restated on adoption of IFRS as permitted by IFRS 1.


F-49


Table of Contents

Goodwill has been allocated to cash-generating units (“CGUs”) for impairment testing as follows:
 
         
  At
  At
 
  December 31,
  December 31,
 
  2008  2007 
  ($ million) 
 
Americas managed operations
  78*  141 
Asia Pacific managed and franchised operations
  65   80 
         
   143   221 
         
 
 
*$141 million before impairment charge.
 
The Group tests goodwill for impairment annually, or more frequently if there are any indications that an impairment may have arisen. The recoverable amounts of the CGUs are determined from value in use calculations. These calculations use pre-tax cash flow forecasts derived from the most recent financial budgets approved by management for the next year and extrapolate cash flows for the following four years using growth rates based on management expectations and industry growth forecasts. After this period, the terminal value of the future cash flows is calculated based on perpetual growth rates that do not exceed the average long-term growth rates for the relevant markets. The cash flows are discounted using management estimates of the pre-tax rates that reflect current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the CGUs.
 
The key assumptions used for the value in use calculations are as follows:
 
                         
  Years 2 to 5 growth rates  Perpetual growth rates  Discount rates 
  2008
  2007
  2008
  2007
  2008
  2007
 
  %  %  %  %  %  % 
 
Americas managed operations
  1.0 - 4.0   4.0   2.7   2.7   12.5   10.0 
Asia Pacific managed and franchised operations
  2.5 - 10.0   15.0   4.0   4.0   16.0   11.0 
 
The impairment charge arises in respect of the Americas managed operations CGU reflecting revised fee expectations in light of the current economic climate. The charge has been included within impairment on the Consolidated Income Statement and relates to the Americas business segment.
 
At December 31, 2008, the recoverable amount of the Americas managed operations CGU equaled its carrying value and consequently any adverse charge in key assumptions would cause the carrying value of the CGU to exceed its recoverable amount. In respect of the Asia Pacific managed and franchised operations CGU, management believe that the carrying value of the CGU would only exceed its recoverable amount in the event of highly unlikely changes in the key assumptions.


F-50


Table of Contents

Note 13 — Intangible assets
 
                 
     Management
  Other
    
  Software  contracts  intangibles  Total 
  ($ million) 
 
Year ended December 31, 2007
                
Cost:
                
At January 1, 2007
  85   229   71   385 
Additions
  26   10   14   50 
Reclassification
  10         10 
Disposals
  (1)     (1)  (2)
Exchange and other adjustments
     10   2   12 
                 
At December 31, 2007
  120   249   86   455 
                 
Amortization:
                
At January 1, 2007
  (45)  (14)  (24)  (83)
Provided
  (19)  (12)  (7)  (38)
Disposals
  1      1   2 
Exchange and other adjustments
        (1)  (1)
                 
At December 31, 2007
  (63)  (26)  (31)  (120)
                 
Net book value at December 31, 2007
  57   223   55   335 
                 
Year ended December 31, 2008
                
Cost:
                
At January 1, 2008
  120   249   86   455 
Additions
  40      9   49 
Disposals
  (2)        (2)
Exchange and other adjustments
     (29)  (2)  (31)
                 
At December 31, 2008
  158   220   93   471 
                 
Amortization:
                
At January 1, 2008
  (63)  (26)  (31)  (120)
Provided
  (20)  (12)  (8)  (40)
Impairment charge
     (21)     (21)
Disposals
  2         2 
Exchange and other adjustments
     9   1   10 
                 
At December 31, 2008
  (81)  (50)  (38)  (169)
                 
Net book value at December 31, 2008
  77   170   55   302 
                 
Net book value at January 1, 2007
  40   215   47   302 
                 
 
The weighted average remaining amortization period for management contracts is 23 years (2007 24 years).
 
The impairment charge relates to the value of management contracts capitalized as a result of related asset disposals in prior years and arises from a revision to expected fee income. Estimated future cash flows have been discounted at 12.5% (previous valuation: 10.0%). The charge has been included within impairment on the Consolidated Income Statement and relates to the EMEA business segment.


F-51


Table of Contents

Note 14 — Investment in associates
 
The Group holds five investments (2007 seven) accounted for as associates. The following table summarizes the financial information of the associates:
 
         
  At
  At
 
  December 31,
  December 31,
 
  2008  2007 
  ($ million) 
 
Share of associates’ balance sheet
        
Current assets
  5   6 
Non-current assets
  65   104 
Current liabilities
  (20)  (16)
Non-current liabilities
  (7)  (29)
         
Net assets
  43   65 
         
Share of associates’ revenue and profit
        
Revenue
  30   32 
Net profit
     2 
         
Related party transactions
        
Revenue from related parties
  5   6 
Amounts owed by related parties
  2   2 
         
 
At December 31, 2006, a previously recorded impairment charge of $4 million was reversed relating to an associate in the EMEA business segment. No impairment charge, or subsequent reversal, was required at either December 31, 2007 or December 31, 2008.
 
Note 15 — Other Financial Assets
 
         
  At
  At
 
  December 31,
  December 31,
 
  2008  2007 
  ($ million) 
 
Non-current
        
Equity securities available-for-sale
  64   93 
Other
  88   95 
         
   152   188 
         
Current
        
Equity securities available-for-sale
  6    
Other
  4   18 
         
   10   18 
         
 
Available-for-sale financial assets, which are held on the balance sheet at fair value, consist of equity investments in listed and unlisted shares. Of the total amount of equity investments at December 31, 2008, $2 million (2007 $3 million) were listed securities and $68 million (2007 $90 million) unlisted; $44 million (2007 $56 million) were denominated in US dollars, $13 million (2007 $16 million) in Hong Kong dollars and $13 million (2007 $21 million) in other currencies. Unlisted equity shares are mainly investments in entities that own hotels which the Group manages. The fair value of unlisted equity shares has been estimated using valuation guidelines issued by the British Venture Capital Association and is based on assumptions regarding expected future earnings. Listed equity share valuation is based on observable market prices. Dividend income from available-for-sale equity securities of $11 million (2007 $16 million, 2006 $7 million) is reported as other operating income and expenses in the Consolidated Income Statement.


F-52


Table of Contents

Other financial assets consist of trade deposits, restricted cash and deferred consideration on asset disposals. These amounts have been designated as “loans and receivables” and are held at amortized cost. Restricted cash of $55 million (2007 $54 million) relates to cash held in bank accounts which is pledged as collateral to insurance companies for risks retained by the Group.
 
The movement in the provision for impairment of other financial assets during the year is as follows:
 
         
  At
  At
 
  December 31,
  December 31,
 
  2008  2007 
  ($ million) 
 
At January 1
  (9)  (41)
Provided
  (2)   
Recoveries
     3 
Disposals
     5 
Amounts written off against the financial asset
     24 
         
At December 31
  (11)  (9)
         
 
The provision is used to record impairment losses unless the Group is satisfied that no recovery of the amount is possible; at that point the amount considered irrecoverable is written off against the financial asset directly with no impact on the Consolidated Income Statement.
 
Note 16 — Inventories
 
         
  At
  At
 
  December 31,
  December 31,
 
  2008  2007 
  ($ million) 
 
Finished goods
  2   3 
Consumable stores
    2     3 
         
   4   6 
         
 
Note 17 — Trade and other receivables
 
         
  At
  At
 
  December 31,
  December 31,
 
  2008  2007 
  ($ million) 
 
Trade receivables
  318   362 
Other receivables
  49   59 
Prepayments
  45   51 
         
   412   472 
         
 
Trade and other receivables are designated as “loans and receivables” and are held at amortized cost.
 
Trade receivables are non-interest-bearing and are generally on payment terms of up to 30 days. The fair value of trade and other receivables approximates their carrying value.


F-53


Table of Contents

The maximum exposure to credit risk for trade and other receivables, excluding prepayments, at the balance sheet date by geographic region is:
 
         
  At
  At
 
  December 31,
  December 31,
 
  2008  2007 
  ($ million) 
 
Americas
  208   231 
Europe, the Middle East and Africa
  109   141 
Asia Pacific
  50   49 
         
   367   421 
         
 
The aging of trade and other receivables, excluding prepayments, at the balance sheet date is:
 
                         
  At December 31, 2008  At December 31, 2007 
  Gross  Provision  Net  Gross  Provision  Net 
  ($ million) 
 
Not past due
  254   (13)  241   286   (2)  284 
Past due 1 to 30 days
  61   (1)  60   74   (3)  71 
Past due 31 to 180 days
  63   (5)  58   77   (15)  62 
Past due more than 180 days
  99   (91)  8   80   (76)  4 
                         
   477   (110)  367   517   (96)  421 
                         
 
The movement in the provision for impairment of trade and other receivables during the year is as follows:
 
         
  At
  At
 
  December 31,
  December 31,
 
  2008  2007 
  ($ million) 
 
At January 1
  (96)  (85)
Provided
  (28)  (23)
Amounts written off
  14   12 
         
At December 31
  (110)  (96)
         
 
Note 18 — Cash and cash equivalents
 
         
  At
  At
 
  December 31,
  December 31,
 
  2008  2007 
  ($ million) 
 
Cash at bank and in hand
  32   53 
Short-term deposits
  50   52 
         
   82   105 
         
 
Short-term deposits are highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less, in various currencies.


F-54


Table of Contents

Note 19 — Trade and other payables
 
         
  At
  At
 
  December 31,
  December 31,
 
  2008  2007 
  ($ million) 
 
Current
        
Trade payables
  111   100 
Other tax and social security payable
  31   39 
Other payables
  322   345 
Accruals
  272   297 
Derivatives
  10   3 
         
   746   784 
         
Non-current
        
Other payables
  392   279 
         
 
Trade payable are non-interest-bearing and are normally settled within 45 days.
 
Other payables includes $471 million (2007 $426 million) relating to the future redemption liability of the Group’s loyalty program, of which $96 million (2007 $169 million) is classified as current and $375 million (2007 $257 million) as non-current.
 
Derivatives are held on the balance sheet at fair value. Fair value is estimated using discounted future cash flows taking into consideration interest and exchange rates prevailing at the balance sheet date.
 
Note 20 — Loans and other borrowings
 
                         
  At December 31, 2008  At December 31, 2007 
  Current  Non-current  Total  Current  Non-current  Total 
  ($ million) 
 
Secured bank loans
  5   2   7      7   7 
Finance leases
  16   186   202   16   184   200 
Unsecured bank loans
     1,146   1,146      1,557   1,557 
                         
Total borrowings
  21   1,334   1,355   16   1,748   1,764 
                         
Denominated in the following currencies:
                        
Sterling
     152   152      553   553 
US dollars
  16   873   889   16   854   870 
Euro
     224   224      243   243 
Other
  5   85   90      98   98 
                         
      21   1,334   1,355      16   1,748   1,764 
                         
 
Secured bank loans
 
These mortgages are secured on the hotel properties to which they relate. The rates of interest and currencies of these loans vary.


F-55


Table of Contents

Finance leases
 
Finance lease obligations, which relate to the 99 year lease on the InterContinental Boston, are payable as follows:
 
                 
  At December 31, 2008  At December 31, 2007 
  Minimum
  Present
  Minimum
  Present
 
  lease
  value of
  lease
  value of
 
  payments  payments  payments  payments 
  ($ million) 
 
Less than one year
  16   16   16   16 
Between one and five years
  64   48   64   47 
More than five years
  3,380   138   3,396   137 
                 
   3,460   202   3,476   200 
Less: amount representing finance charges
  (3,258)     (3,276)   
                 
   202   202   200   200 
                 
 
The Group has the option to extend the term of the lease for two additional 20 year terms. Payments under the lease step up at regular intervals over the lease term.
 
Unsecured bank loans
 
Unsecured bank loans are borrowings under the Group’s Syndicated Facility and its short-term bilateral loan facilities. Amounts are classified as non-current when the facilities have more than 12 months to expiry. These facilities contain financial covenants and, as at the balance sheet date, the Group was not in breach of these covenants, nor had any breaches or defaults occurred during the year. In the second quarter of 2008, the Group successfully refinanced $2.1 billion of long-term debt facilities. This new syndicated bank facility consists of two tranches; a $1.6 billion five-year revolving credit facility and a $0.5 billion term loan with a 30-month maturity. Unsecured bank loans are shown net of the facility fee capitalized during the year.
 
Facilities provided by banks
 
                         
  At December 31, 2008  At December 31, 2007 
  Utilized  Unutilized  Total  Utilized  Unutilized  Total 
  ($ million) 
 
Committed
  1,161   946   2,107   1,564   757   2,321 
Uncommitted
     25   25      50   50 
                         
   1,161   971   2,132   1,564   807   2,371 
                         
 
         
  At December 31, 
  2008  2007 
  ($ million) 
 
Unutilized facilities expire:
        
within one year
  25   150 
after one but before two years
     657 
after two but before five years
  946    
         
   971   807 
         


F-56


Table of Contents

Note 21 — Financial risk management policies
 
Overview
 
The Group’s treasury policy is to manage financial risks that arise in relation to underlying business needs. The activities of the treasury function are carried out in accordance with Board approved policies and are subject to regular audit. The treasury function does not operate as a profit center.
 
The treasury function seeks to reduce the financial risk of the Group and manages liquidity to meet all foreseeable cash needs. Treasury activities include money market investments, spot and forward foreign exchange instruments, currency options, currency swaps, interest rate swaps and options and forward rate agreements. One of the primary objectives of the Group’s treasury risk management policy is to mitigate the adverse impact of movements in interest rates and foreign exchange rates.
 
Market risk exposure
 
The US dollar is the predominant currency of the Group’s revenue and cash flows. Movements in foreign exchange rates can affect the Group’s reported profit, net assets and interest cover. To hedge translation exposure, wherever possible, the Group matches the currency of its debt (either directly or via derivatives) to the currency of its net assets, whilst maximizing the amount of US dollars borrowed to reflect the predominant trading currency.
 
Foreign exchange transaction exposure is managed by the forward purchase or sale of foreign currencies or the use of currency options. Most significant exposures of the Group are in currencies that are freely convertible.
 
Interest rate exposure is managed within parameters that stipulate that fixed rate borrowings should normally account for no less than 25% and no more than 75% of net borrowings for each major currency. This is achieved through the use of interest rate swaps and options and forward rate agreements.
 
Based on the year end net debt position and given the underlying maturity profile of investments, borrowings and hedging instruments at that date, a one percentage point rise in US dollar interest rates would increase the annual net interest charge by approximately $4.7 million (2007 $5.8 million, 2006 $2.9 million). A similar rise in euro and sterling interest rates would increase the annual net interest charge by approximately $1.2 million (2007 $1.2 million, 2006 $0.9 million) and $0.9 million (2007 $3.2 million, 2006 $2.0 million) respectively.
 
A general strengthening of the US dollar (specifically a five cent fall in the sterling : US dollar rate) would increase the Group’s profit before tax by an estimated $4.0 million (2007 $2.9 million, 2006 $2.6 million) and decrease net assets by an estimated $1.1 million (2007 increase of $6.1 million, 2006 decrease of $19.3 million). Similarly, a five cent fall in the euro: US dollar rate would reduce the Group’s profit before tax by an estimated $2.0 million (2007 $1.6 million, 2006 $2.1 million) and decrease net assets by an estimated $4.3 million (2007 $5.9 million, 2006 $9.1 million).
 
Liquidity risk exposure
 
The treasury function ensures that the Group has access to sufficient funds to allow the implementation of the strategy set by the Board. At the year end, the Group had access to $946 million of undrawn committed facilities. Medium and long-term borrowing requirements are met through the $2.1 billion Syndicated Facility of which $0.5 billion expires in November 2010 and $1.6 billion expires in May 2013. Short-term borrowing requirements are met from drawings under bilateral bank facilities.
 
The Syndicated Facility contains two financial covenants; interest cover and net debt divided by earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”). Net debt is calculated as total borrowings less cash and cash equivalents. The Group is in compliance with all of the financial covenants in its loan documents, none of which is expected to present a material restriction on funding in the near future.
 
At the year end, the Group had surplus cash of $82 million which is held in short-term deposits and cash funds which allow daily withdrawals of cash. Most of the Group’s surplus funds are held in the United Kingdom or United States and there are no material funds where repatriation is restricted as a result of foreign exchange regulations.


F-57


Table of Contents

Credit risk exposure
 
Credit risk on treasury transactions is minimized by operating a policy on the investment of surplus cash that generally restricts counterparties to those with an A credit rating or better or those providing adequate security.
 
Notwithstanding that counterparties must have an A credit rating or better, during periods of significant financial market turmoil, counterparty exposure limits are significantly reduced and counterparty credit exposure reviews are broadened to include the relative placing of credit default swap pricings.
 
The Group trades only with recognized, creditworthy third parties. It is the Group’s policy that all customers who wish to trade on credit terms are subject to credit verification procedures.
 
In respect of credit risk arising from financial assets, the Group’s exposure to credit risk arises from default of the counterparty, with a maximum exposure equal to the carrying amount of these instruments.
 
Capital risk management
 
The Group manages its capital to ensure that it will be able to continue as a going concern. The capital structure consists of net debt, issued share capital and reserves. The structure is managed to minimize the Group’s cost of capital, to provide ongoing returns to shareholders and to service debt obligations, whilst maintaining maximum operational flexibility. Surplus cash is either reinvested in the business, used to repay debt or returned to shareholders. The Group maintains a conservative level of debt. The level of debt is monitored on the basis of a cashflow leverage ratio, which is net debt divided by EBITDA.
 
Hedging
 
Interest rate risk
 
The Group hedges its interest rate risk by taking out interest rate swaps to fix the interest flows on between 25% and 75% of its net borrowings in major currencies. At December 31, 2008, the Group held interest rate swaps (swapping floating for fixed) with notional principals of US $250 million, £75 million and €75 million (2007 US $100 million, £150 million and €75 million). The Group also held forward-starting interest rate swaps with notional principals of $100 million, £75 million and €75 million (2007 £150 million and €75 million). These swaps will replace current swaps with the same notional principals when they mature in 2009. The interest rate swaps are designated as cash flow hedges of borrowings under the Syndicated Facility and they are held on the balance sheet at fair value in other financial assets and other payables.
 
Changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges are recognized in the unrealized gains and losses reserve to the extent that the hedges are effective. When the hedged item is recognized, the cumulative gains and losses on the hedging instrument are recycled to the income statement. No ineffectiveness was recognized during the current or prior year.
 
Foreign currency risk
 
The Group is exposed to foreign currency risk on income streams denominated in foreign currencies. When appropriate, the Group hedges a portion of forecast foreign currency income by taking out forward exchange contracts. The designated risk is the spot foreign exchange risk. Forward contracts are held at fair value on the balance sheet as other financial assets and other payables.
 
Hedge of net investment in foreign operations
 
The Group designates its foreign currency bank borrowings and currency derivatives as net investment hedges of foreign operations. The designated risk is the spot foreign exchange risk; the interest on these financial instruments is taken through financial income or expense and the derivatives are held on the balance sheet at fair value in other financial assets and other payables.
 
Hedge effectiveness is measured at calendar quarter ends. Variations in fair value due to changes in the underlying exchange rates are taken to the currency translation reserve until an operation is sold, at which point the


F-58


Table of Contents

cumulative currency gains and losses are recycled against the gain or loss on sale. No ineffectiveness was recognized on net investment hedges during the current or prior year.
 
At December 31, 2008, the Group held foreign exchange derivatives with a principal of $nil (2007 $12 million) and a fair value of $nil (2007 $nil). The maximum amount of foreign exchange derivatives held during the year as net investment hedges and measured at calendar quarter ends had a principal of $70 million (2007 $533 million) and a fair value of $(4.2) million (2007 $3.1 million).
 
Note 22 — Financial Instruments
 
Liquidity risk
 
The following are the undiscounted contractual cash flows of financial liabilities, including interest payments:
 
                     
  Less than
  Between 1 and
  Between 2 and
  More than
    
December 31, 2008
 1 year  2 years  5 years  5 years  Total 
  ($ million) 
 
Secured bank loans
  2   8         10 
Finance lease obligations
  16   16   48   3,380   3,460 
Unsecured bank loans
  1,156            1,156 
Trade and other payables
  737   101   113   277   1,228 
Derivatives
  6   4   3      13 
                     
 
                     
  Less than
  Between 1 and
  Between 2 and
  More than
    
December 31, 2007
 1 year  2 years  5 years  5 years  Total 
  ($ million) 
 
Secured bank loans
  2   2   8      12 
Finance lease obligations
  16   16   48   3,396   3,476 
Unsecured bank loans
  1,570            1,570 
Trade and other payables
  781   127   100   110   1,118 
Derivatives
  12            12 
                     
 
Cash flows relating to unsecured bank loans are classified according to the maturity date of the loan drawdown rather than the facility maturity date.
 
Credit risk
 
The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum exposure to credit risk.
 
         
  At
  At
 
  December 31,
  December 31,
 
  2008  2007 
  ($ million) 
 
Equity securities available-for-sale
  70   93 
Loans and receivables:
        
Cash and cash equivalents
  82   105 
Other financial assets
  92   113 
Trade and other receivables, excluding prepayments
  367   421 
         
   611   732 
         


F-59


Table of Contents

Interest rate risk
 
For each class of interest-bearing financial asset and financial liability, the following table indicates the range of interest rates effective at the balance sheet date, the carrying amount on the balance sheet and the periods in which they reprice, if earlier than the maturity date:
 
                             
        Repricing analysis 
     Total
     Between
  Between
  Between
    
  Effective
  carrying
  Less than
  6 months
  2 and 3
  3 and 4
  More than
 
As at December 31, 2008
 interest rate  amount  6 months  and 1 year  years  years  5 years 
  (%)  ($ million)    
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  0.0-2.8   (82)  (82)            
Secured bank loans
  6.1   7   7             
Finance lease obligations*
  9.7   202               202 
Unsecured bank loans:
                            
Euro floating rate
  3.4   224   224             
— effect of euro interest rate swaps*
  1.8      (105)     105       
US dollar floating rate
  1.5   687   687             
— effect of US dollar interest rate swaps*
  1.0      (250)  100      150    
Sterling floating rate
  2.8   152   152             
— effect of sterling interest rate swaps*
  3.9      (109)  109          
HK dollar floating rate
  2.9   83   83             
                             
Net debt
      1,273   607   209   105   150   202 
                             
 
 
These items bear interest at a fixed rate.
 
                         
        Repricing analysis 
     Total
     Between
  Between
    
  Effective
  carrying
  Less than
  6 months
  1 and 2
  More than
 
As at December 31, 2007
 interest rate  amount  6 months  and 1 year  years  5 years 
     ($ million) 
  (%)                
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  0.0-5.9   (105)  (105)         
Secured bank loans
  8.2   7   7          
Finance lease obligations*
  9.7   200            200 
Unsecured bank loans:
                        
Euro floating rate
  5.3   243   243          
— effect of euro interest rate
swaps*
  (0.6)     (111)     111    
US dollar floating rate
  5.5   670   670          
— effect of US dollar interest rate swaps*
  (0.4)     (100)  100       
Sterling floating rate
  6.9   553   553          
— effect of sterling interest rate swaps*
  0.0      (151)     151    
HK dollar floating rate
  4.5   91   91          
                         
Net debt
      1,659   1,097   100   262   200 
                         
 
 
These items bear interest at a fixed rate.
 
Interest rate swaps are included in the above tables to the extent that they affect the Group’s interest rate repricing risk. The swaps hedge the floating rate debt by fixing the interest rate. The effect shown above is their impact on the debt’s floating rate, for an amount equal to their notional principal (principal and maturity of swap is


F-60


Table of Contents

shown in the repricing analysis). The fair values of derivatives are recorded in other financial assets and other payables.
 
Trade and other receivables and trade and other payables are not included above as they are not interest-bearing.
 
Fair values
 
The table below compares carrying amounts and fair values of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities.
 
                 
  At December 31, 2008  At December 31, 2007 
  Carrying
     Carrying
    
  value  Fair value  value  Fair value 
     ($ million)    
 
Financial assets
                
Equity securities available-for-sale (Note 15)
  70   70   93   93 
Loans and receivables:
                
Cash and cash equivalents (Note 18)
  82   82   105   105 
Other financial assets (Note 15)
  92   92   113   113 
Trade and other receivables, excluding prepayments (Note 17)
  367   367   421   421 
                 
Financial liabilities
                
Borrowings, excluding finance lease obligations (Note 20)
  (1,153)  (1,153)  (1,564)  (1,564)
Finance lease obligations (Note 20)
  (202)  (168)  (200)  (250)
Trade and other payables, excluding derivatives (Note 19)
  (1,128)  (1,128)  (1,060)  (1,060)
Derivatives (Note 19)
  (10)  (10)  (3)  (3)
                 
 
The fair value of cash and cash equivalents approximates book value due to the short maturity of the investments and deposits. Equity securitiesavailable-for-saleand derivatives are held on the balance sheet at fair value as set out in Note 15. The fair value of other financial assets approximates book value based on prevailing market rates. The fair value of borrowings, excluding finance lease obligations, approximates book value as interest rates reset to market rates on a frequent basis. The fair value of the finance lease obligation is calculated by discounting future cash flows at prevailing interest rates. The fair value of trade and other receivables and trade and other payables approximates to their carrying value, including the future redemption liability of the Group’s loyalty program.
 
Note 23 — Net debt
 
         
  At December 31,
  At December 31,
 
  2008  2007 
  ($ million) 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  82   105 
Loans and other borrowings — current
  (21)  (16)
Loans and other borrowings — non-current
  (1,334)  (1,748)
         
Net debt
  (1,273)  (1,659)
         
 


F-61


Table of Contents

         
  Year ended
  Year ended
 
  December 31,
  December 31,
 
  2008  2007 
  ($ million) 
 
Movement in net debt
        
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
  25   (237)
Add back cash flows in respect of other components of net debt:
        
Decrease/(increase) in borrowings
  316   (1,108)
         
Decrease/(increase) in net debt arising from cash flows
  341   (1,345)
Non-cash movements:
        
Finance lease liability
  (2)  (18)
Exchange and other adjustments
  47   (33)
         
Decrease/(increase) in net debt
  386   (1,396)
Net debt at beginning of the year
  (1,659)  (263)
         
Net debt at end of the year
  (1,273)  (1,659)
         
 
Note 24 — Share-based payments
 
Annual Bonus Plan
 
The IHG Annual Bonus Plan enables eligible employees, including Executive Directors, to receive all or part of their bonus in the form of shares together with, in certain cases, a matching award of free shares of up to half the deferred amount. The bonus and matching shares in the 2005 plan are deferred and released in three equal tranches on the first, second and third anniversaries of the award date. The bonus and matching shares in the 2006 and 2007 plans are released on the third anniversary of the award date. Under the 2006 and 2007 plans a percentage of the award (Board members — 100% (2006 80%); other eligible employees — 50%) must be taken in shares and deferred. Participants may defer the remaining amount on the same terms or take it immediately in cash, in which case it is not accounted for as a share-based payment. Under the terms of the 2008 plan, a fixed percentage of the bonus is awarded in the form of shares with no voluntary deferral and no matching shares. The awards in all of the plans are conditional on the participants remaining in the employment of a participating company. Participation in the Annual Bonus Plan is at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee. The number of shares is calculated by dividing a specific percentage of the participant’s annual performance related bonus by the middle market quoted prices on the three consecutive dealing days immediately preceding the date of grant. A number of executives participated in the plan during the year and conditional rights over 661,657 (2007 675,515, 2006 606,573) shares were awarded to participants.
 
Long Term Incentive Plan
 
The Long Term Incentive Plan allows Executive Directors and eligible employees to receive share awards, subject to the satisfaction of a performance condition, set by the Remuneration Committee, which is normally measured over a three year period. Awards are normally made annually and, except in exceptional circumstances, will not exceed three times salary for Executive Directors and four times salary in the case of other eligible employees. During the year, conditional rights over 5,060,509 (2007 3,538,535, 2006 4,277,550) shares were awarded to employees under the plan. The plan provides for the grant of “nil cost options” to participants as an alternative to conditional share awards.
 
Executive Share Option Plan
 
For options granted, the option price is not less than the market value of an ordinary share, or the nominal value if higher. The market value is the quoted price on the business day preceding the date of grant, or the average of the middle market quoted prices on the three consecutive dealing days immediately preceding the date of grant. A performance condition has to be met before options can be exercised. The performance condition is set by the Remuneration Committee. The plan was not operated during 2008 and no options were granted in the year under the plan. The latest date that any options may be exercised is April 4, 2015.

F-62


Table of Contents

Sharesave Plan
 
The Sharesave Plan is a savings plan whereby employees contract to save a fixed amount each month with a savings institution for three or five years. At the end of the savings term, employees are given the option to purchase shares at a price set before savings began. The Sharesave Plan is available to all UK employees (including Executive Directors) employed by participating companies provided that they have been employed for at least one year. The plan provides for the grant of options to subscribe for ordinary shares at the higher of nominal value and not less than 80% of the middle market quotations of the ordinary shares on the three dealing days immediately preceding the invitation date. The plan was not operated during 2008 and no options were granted in the year under the plan. The latest date that any options may be exercised under the three-year plan was February 29, 2008 and under the five-year plan is February 28, 2010.
 
US Employee Stock Purchase Plan
 
The US Employee Stock Purchase Plan will allow eligible employees resident in the United States an opportunity to acquire Company American Depositary Shares (“ADS”s) on advantageous terms. The plan, when operational, will comply with Section 423 of the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986. The option to purchase ADSs may be offered only to employees of designated subsidiary companies. The option price may not be less than the lesser of either 85% of the fair market value of an ADS on the date of grant or 85% of the fair market value of an ADS on the date of exercise. Options granted under the plan must generally be exercised within 27 months from the date of grant. The plan was not operated during 2008 and at December 31, 2008 no options had been granted under the plan.
 
Former Six Continents Share Schemes
 
Under the terms of the separation of Six Continents PLC in 2003, holders of options under the Six Continents Executive Share Option Schemes were given the opportunity to exchange their Six Continents PLC options for equivalent value new options over IHG shares. As a result of this exchange, 23,195,482 shares were put under option at prices ranging from 308.5 pence to 593.3 pence. The exchanged options were immediately exercisable and are not subject to performance conditions. During 2008, 159,254 (2007 1,358,791, 2006 3,678,239) such options were exercised and 113,024 shares lapsed (2007 nil, 2006 nil), leaving a total of 2,424,605 (2007 2,696,883, 2006 4,055,674) such options outstanding at prices ranging from 308.5 pence to 466.7 pence. The latest date that any options may be exercised is October 3, 2012.
 
The Group recognized a cost of $47 million (2007 $60 million, 2006 $33 million) in operating profit and $2 million (2007 $nil, 2006 $nil) within exceptional administrative expenses related to equity-settled share-based payment transactions during the year.
 
The aggregate consideration in respect of ordinary shares issued under option schemes during the year was $2 million (2007 $32 million, 2006 $37 million).
 
The following table sets forth awards and options granted during 2008. No awards were granted under the Executive Share Option Plan, Sharesave Plan or US Employee Stock Purchase Plan during the year.
 
         
  Annual Bonus
  Long Term
 
  Plan  Incentive Plan 
 
Number of shares awarded in 2008
  661,657   5,060,509 


F-63


Table of Contents

In 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Group used separate option pricing models and assumptions for each plan. The following tables set forth information about how the fair value of each option is calculated:
 
         
  Annual
  Long Term
 
2008
 Bonus Plan  Incentive Plan 
Valuation model Binomial  Monte Carlo
 
     Simulation and
 
     Binomial 
 
Weighted average share price (pence)
  836.0   865.0 
Expected dividend yield
  3.33%  2.76%
Risk-free interest rate
      4.78%
Volatility(i)
      30%
Term (years)
  3.0   3.0 
 
         
  Annual
  Long Term
 
2007
 Bonus Plan  Incentive Plan 
Valuation model Binomial  Monte Carlo
 
     Simulation and
 
     Binomial 
 
Weighted average share price (pence)
  1,252.0   1,262.0 
Expected dividend yield
  2.13%  2.13%
Risk-free interest rate
      5.40%
Volatility(i)
      19%
Term (years)
  3.0   3.0 
 
         
  Annual
  Long Term
 
2006
 Bonus Plan  Incentive Plan 
Valuation model Binomial  Monte Carlo
 
     Simulation and
 
     Binomial 
 
Weighted average share price (pence)
  831.0   946.0 
Expected dividend yield
      2.32%
Risk-free interest rate
      4.90%
Volatility(i)
      20%
Term (years)
  2.0   3.0 
 
 
(i)The expected volatility was determined by calculating the historical volatility of the Company’s share price corresponding to the expected life of the share award.


F-64


Table of Contents

 
Movements in the awards and options outstanding under the schemes are as follows:
 
         
  Annual
  Long Term
 
  Bonus Plan  Incentive Plan 
  Number of shares  Number of shares 
  (thousands) 
 
Outstanding at January 1, 2006
  829   10,634 
Granted
  607   4,277 
Vested
  (328)  (1,395)
Share capital consolidation
  (50)   
Lapsed or canceled
  (57)  (2,191)
         
Outstanding at December 31, 2006
  1,001   11,325 
Granted
  675   3,539 
Vested
  (418)  (1,694)
Share capital consolidation
  (68)   
Lapsed or canceled
  (86)  (1,707)
         
Outstanding at December 31, 2007
  1,104   11,463 
Granted
  662   5,061 
Vested
  (472)  (2,752)
Lapsed or canceled
  (5)  (2,619)
         
Outstanding at December 31, 2008
  1,289   11,153 
         
Fair value of awards granted during the year (cents)
        
At December 31, 2008
  1,436.0   870.4 
At December 31, 2007
  2,387.4   910.0 
At December 31, 2006
  1,644.6   527.7 
Weighted average remaining contract life (years)
        
At December 31, 2008
  1.6   1.2 
At December 31, 2007
  1.5   1.1 
At December 31, 2006
  1.0   1.3 
 
The above awards do not vest until the performance and service conditions have been met.
 


F-65


Table of Contents

                         
  Sharesave Plan  Executive Share Option Plan 
        Weighted
        Weighted
 
  Number of
  Range of
  average
  Number of
  Range of
  average
 
  shares  option prices  option price  shares  option prices  option price 
  (thousands)  (pence)  (pence)  (thousands)  (pence)  (pence) 
 
Outstanding at January 1, 2006
  864   420.5   420.5   22,619   308.5-619.8   465.4 
Exercised
  (389)  420.5   420.5   (8,365)  308.5-619.8   438.7 
Lapsed or canceled
  (310)  420.5   420.5   (175)  345.6-619.8   404.6 
                         
Outstanding at December 31, 2006
  165   420.5   420.5   14,079   308.5-619.8   482.2 
Exercised
  (101)  420.5   420.5   (5,568)  308.5-619.8   471.9 
Lapsed or canceled
  (7)  420.5   420.5   (317)  438.0-619.8   526.8 
                         
Outstanding at December 31, 2007
  57   420.5   420.5   8,194   308.5-619.8   487.4 
Exercised
  (3)  420.5   420.5   (353)  434.2-619.8   543.6 
Lapsed or canceled
  (5)  420.5   420.5   (206)  349.1-593.2   431.3 
                         
Outstanding at December 31, 2008
  49   420.5   420.5   7,635   308.5-619.8   486.3 
                         
Options exercisable
                        
At December 31, 2008
           7,635   308.5-619.8   486.3 
At December 31, 2007
           6,583   308.5-619.8   455.0 
At December 31, 2006
           6,002   308.5-619.8   430.2 
 
Included within the options outstanding under the Executive Share Option Plan are options over 2,424,605 (2007 2,696,883, 2006 4,055,674) shares that have not been recognized in accordance with IFRS 2 as the options were granted on or before November 7, 2002. These options, relating to former Six Continents share schemes, have not been subsequently modified and therefore do not need to be accounted for in accordance with IFRS 2.
 
The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for share options vested during the year was 815.0 pence. The closing share price on December 31, 2008 was 562.0 pence and the range during the year was 447.5 pence to 865.0 pence per share.
 
Summarized information about options outstanding at December 31, 2008 under the share option schemes is as follows:
 
             
  Options outstanding 
     Weighted
    
     average
  Weighted
 
  Number
  remaining
  average
 
  outstanding  contract life  option price 
  (thousands)  (years)  (pence) 
 
Range of exercise prices (pence)
            
Sharesave Plan
            
420.5
  49   0.3   420.5 
             
Executive Share Option Plan
            
308.5 to 349.1
  526   1.3   347.6 
422.8 to 494.2
  5,574   4.3   462.7 
619.8
  1,535   6.3   619.8 
             
   7,635   4.5   486.3 
             
 
At December 31, 2008 the options outstanding under the Sharesave Plan are not exercisable; those under the Executive Share Option Plan are exercisable.

F-66


Table of Contents

Note 25 — Deferred tax payable
 
                             
                 Other
    
  Property,
  Deferred
           short-term
    
  plant and
  gains on
     Employee
  Intangible
  temporary
    
  equipment  loan notes  Losses  benefits*  assets  differences**  Total 
           ($ million)          
 
At January 1, 2007
  233   180   (175)  (28)  33   (84)  159 
Income statement
  3   (8)  (6)  7   6   (60)  (58)
Statement of recognized income and expense
           (11)     54   43 
Exchange and other adjustments
  12   3   (9)     3   1   10 
                             
At December 31, 2007
  248   175   (190)  (32)  42   (89)  154 
Income statement
  (7)     13   18   (8)  (8)  8 
Statement of recognized income and expense
           (21)     2   (19)
Exchange and other adjustments
  (15)  (33)  36   2   (6)  (6)  (22)
                             
At December 31, 2008
  226   142   (141)  (33)  28   (101)  121 
                             
 
 
         
  At
 
  December 31, 
  2008  2007* 
  ($ million) 
 
Analyzed as:
        
Deferred tax payable
  117   148 
Liabilities classified as held for sale
  4   6 
         
At December 31
  121   154 
         
 
 
Restated for IFRIC 14 (see page F-11).
 
** Other short-term temporary differences relate primarily to provisions and accruals and share-based payments.
 
Deferred gains on loan notes includes $55 million (2007 $55 million) which is expected to fall due for payment in 2011.
 
The deferred tax asset of $141 million (2007 $190 million) recognized in respect of losses includes $87 million (2007 $120 million) in respect of capital losses available to be utilized against the realization of capital gains which are recognized as a deferred tax liability and $54 million (2007 $70 million) in respect of revenue tax losses. Revenue losses include $nil (2007 $7 million) in respect of losses which arose during a period of hotel refurbishment and which are expected to be utilized against future operating profit.
 
Tax losses with a net tax value of $553 million (2007 $384 million), including capital losses with a value of $160 million (2007 $220 million), have not been recognized. These losses may be carried forward indefinitely with the exception of $1 million which expires after three years (2007 $1 million which expires after four years). Deferred tax assets with a net tax value of $4 million (2007 $9 million) in respect of share-based payments, $13 million (2007 $13 million) in respect of employee benefits and $8 million (2007 $27 million) in respect of other items have not been recognized. These losses and other deferred tax assets have not been recognized as the Group does not anticipate being able to offset these against future profits or gains in order to realize any economic benefit in the foreseeable future. However, future benefits may arise depending on future profits arising or on the outcome of EU case law and legislative developments.
 
At December 31, 2008 the Group has not provided deferred tax in relation to temporary differences associated with post-acquisition undistributed earnings of subsidiaries. Quantifying the temporary differences is not practical.


F-67


Table of Contents

However, on the basis that the Group is in a position to control the timing and realization of these temporary differences, no material tax consequences are expected to arise.
 
Note 26 — Minority equity interest
 
         
  Year ended December 31, 
  2008  2007 
  ($ million) 
 
At January, 1
  6   16 
Disposal of hotels (Note 11)
     (12)
Exchange and other adjustments
  1   2 
         
At December, 31
  7   6 
         
 
Note 27 — Operating leases
 
During the year ended December 31, 2008, $61 million (2007 $64 million, 2006 $72 million) was recognized as an expense in the Consolidated Income Statement in respect of operating leases, net of amounts borne by the system funds.
 
Total commitments under non-cancelable operating leases are as follows:
 
         
  At
 
  December 31, 
  2008  2007 
  ($ million) 
 
Due within one year
  56   58 
One to two years
  50   38 
Two to three years
  47   32 
Three to four years
  40   30 
Four to five years
  33   22 
More than five years
  322   218 
         
   548   398 
         
 
Included above, are commitments of $11 million (2007 $9 million) which will be borne by the system funds.
 
The average remaining term of these leases, which generally contain renewal options, is approximately 18 years (2007 17 years). No material restrictions or guarantees exist in the Group’s lease obligations.
 
Note 28 — Capital and other commitments
 
         
  At
 
  December 31, 
  2008  2007 
  ($ million) 
 
Contracts placed for expenditure on property, plant and equipment not provided for in the financial statements
  40   20 
         
 
On October 24, 2007, the Group announced a worldwide relaunch of its Holiday Inn brand family. In support of this relaunch, IHG will make a non-recurring revenue investment of $60 million which will be charged to the Consolidated Income Statement as an exceptional item, $35 million has been charged in 2008.


F-68


Table of Contents

Note 29 — Contingencies
 
         
  At December 31, 
  2008  2007 
  ($ million) 
 
Contingent liabilities not provided for in the financial statements relating to guarantees
  12   10 
         
 
In limited cases, the Group may provide performance guarantees to third-party owners to secure management contracts. The maximum exposure under such guarantees is $249 million (2007 $243 million). It is the view of the Directors that, other than to the extent that liabilities have been provided for in these financial statements, such guarantees are not expected to result in material financial loss to the Group.
 
As of December 31, 2008, the Group had outstanding letters of credit of $42 million (2007 $62 million) mainly relating to self-insurance programs.
 
The Group may guarantee loans made to facilitate third-party ownership of hotels in which the Group has an equity interest and also a management contract. As of December 31, 2008, the Group was a guarantor of loans which could amount to a maximum of $46 million (2007 $49 million).
 
The Group has given warranties in respect of the disposal of certain of its former subsidiaries and hotels. It is the view of the Directors that, other than to the extent that liabilities have been provided for in these financial statements, such warranties are not expected to result in material financial loss to the Group.
 
Note 30 — Related party disclosures
 
Key management personnel comprises the Board and Executive Committee.
 
             
  Year ended December 31, 
  2008  2007  2006 
  ($ million) 
 
Total compensation of key management personnel
            
Short-term employment benefits
  18.4   18.9   17.5 
Post-employment benefits
  0.7   0.9   0.9 
Equity compensation benefits
  12.8   18.2   14.5 
             
   31.9   38.0   32.9 
             
 
There were no transactions with key management personnel during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 or 2006.


F-69


Table of Contents

Note 31 — Acquisition of subsidiary
 
On December 1, 2006, the Group acquired a 75% interest in ANA Hotels & Resorts Co., Ltd (subsequently renamed IHG ANA Hotels Group Japan LLC), a hotel management company based in Japan.
 
         
  Carrying
    
  values
  Fair
 
  pre-acquisition  value 
  ($ million) 
 
Intangible assets
  2   15 
Current assets (excluding cash and cash equivalents)
  7   7 
Cash and cash equivalents
  7   7 
Trade and other payables
  (5)  (5)
Current tax payable
  (2)  (2)
Deferred tax payable
     (2)
         
   9   20 
         
Minority interest
      (6)
         
Net assets acquired
      14 
Goodwill on acquisition
      4 
         
Consideration, satisfied in cash (including costs of $4 million)
      18 
Cash and cash equivalents acquired
      (7)
         
Net cash outflow
      (11)
         
 
Management contracts acquired were recognized as intangible assets at their fair value. The residual excess over the net assets acquired was recognized as goodwill.


F-70


Table of Contents

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
 
 
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
 
                     
     Additions
          
  Balance at
  charged to
        Balance at
 
  beginning
  costs and
  Exchange
     end of
 
  of period  expenses  differences  Deductions  period 
        ($ million)       
 
Year ended December 31, 2008
                    
Provisions for bad and doubtful debts
  96   28      (14)  110 
Year ended December 31, 2007
                    
Provisions for bad and doubtful debts
  85   23      (12)  96 
Year ended December 31, 2006
                    
Provisions for bad and doubtful debts
  81   29   2   (27)  85 
Year ended December 31, 2005
                    
Provisions for bad and doubtful debts
  83   25   (2)  (25)  81 


S-1


Table of Contents

 
SIGNATURES
 
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing onForm 20-Fand that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.
 
INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC
(Registrant)
 
  By: 
/s/  Richard Solomons
Name:     Richard Solomons
  Title: Finance Director
 
Date: April 7, 2009